Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.

No preview available

The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutR-2012-004-2012-01-09 RESOLUTION NO. R2012 -4 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE STATE HIGHWAY 35 MITIGATION POND PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the State Highway 35 Mitigation Pond Project, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Lindsey Construction, in the amount of $519,211.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the State Highway 35 Mitigation Pond Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 9 day of January, A.D., 2012. REID MAYOR ATTEST: • MS NG !i 14— NG, /- M ; Y S RETAR �� '+ APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY CITY OFPEARLAND BID TABULATION Bid Request No. 1012-03 Addendum 4 Title Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the SH 35 Project The project will entail the construction of Clear Creek Fill Mitigation Area just west of the TxDOT Drainage Ditch between Beltway 8 in the north and Clem Creek in the south,and Construction of Description Mitigation Area along Hickory Slough at Mykawa Road Bid Type Invitation to Bid Open Date 11/9201 13:32:23 PM Central Close Date 12/82011 2:00.00 PM Central ___ ._ __- Engineers Estimate I Lindsey Construction,Inc. Haddock Construction Company Inc. Item Unit of Estimated No. Spec Ref. Item Description Unit Price Amount Bid Unit Price Amount Bid Unit Price Amount Bid Measure Quantity BASE BID ITEMS Protection of Wetlands along Hickory Slough(all 1 01100 work/materials inclusive-including staking of wetland $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 $30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 boundary,fencing(orange barricades),and signage) LS 1 2 01505 Mobilization LS I $ 35,000.00 $ 35,000.00-$45,000.00 $ 45,000.00 $ 16,000.00 $ 16,000.00 3 01550 Stabilized Construction Access(Type I-Rock) SY 400 $ 12.00 $ 4,800.00 $ 25.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 20.00 $ 8,000.00 4 01560 Filter Fabric Fence LF 900 $ 2.00 $ 1,800.00 $ 2.00 $ 1,800.00 $ 1.50 $ 1,350.00 5 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 75 $ 1.50 $ 112.50 $ 3.00 $ 225.00 $ 3.00 $ 225.00 6 01564 Control of Ground and Surface Water LF 213 $ 30.00 $ 6,390.00 $ 25.00 $ 5,325.00 $ 25.00 $ 5,325.00 7 01564/01100 Channel flow diversion/diversion pumping LS 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 12,000.00 $ 12,000.00 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 8 01565 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan LS 2 $ 2,500.00 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 5,000.00 $ 10,000.00 9 02200 Clearing and Grubbing LS 2 $ 2,000.00 $ 4,000.00 $ 9,000.00 $ 18,000.00 $ 2,500.00 $ 5,000.00 10 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand(for low water crossing) Ton 410 $ 15.00 $ 6,150.00 $ 30.00 $ 12,300.00 $ 20.00 $ 8,200.00 24"(HDPE Pipe)Storrs Sewer and Appurtenances,include all 11 02532/02630 associated work and materials(cement stabilized sand, LF 85 $ 50.00 $ 4,250.00 $ 65.00 $ 5,525.00 $ 65.00 $ 5,525.00 bedding,backfill,restoration). 48"diameter culverts(RCP)and Appurtenances,include all 12 02630 associated work and materials(stabilized sand-bedding and LF 128 $ 160.00 $ 20,480.00 $ 130.00 $ 16,640.00 $ 142.00 $ 18,176.00 backfill 13 02710/SS02378 Base Course,include Bullrock CY 27 $ 20.00 $ 540.00 $ 120.00 $ 3,240.00 $ 50.00 $ 1,350.00 14 02921/SS02921 Hydromulch Seeding and Fertilizing AC 4 $ 1,200.00 $ 4,800.00 I$ 2,000.00 $ 8,000.00 $ 1,500.00 $ 6,000.00 15 02922/SS02921 Sodding,include all associated work and materials. AC 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 $22,000.00 $ 22,000.00 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 16 13730 Computer and accessaries LS I $ 3,000.00 $ 3,000.00 $ 3,500.00 $ 3,500.00 $ 7,000.00 $ 7,000.00 Cable Stayed Cellular Concrete Blocks,include all work and 17 Appendix"A" materials required for installation(including geotextile, SF 6,000 $ 7.50 $ 45,000.00 $ 8.00 $ 48,000.00 $ 11.45 $ 68,700.00 excavation and backfill) 18 Appendix"B" Turf Reinforcement Mat,include all work and materials SY 400 $ 3.00 $ 1,200.00 $ 12.00 $ 4,800.00 $ 3.00 $ 1,200.00 required for installation(including excavation and backfill) 19 SS02315 Excavation(including cost for haul off and disposal) CY 24,488 $ 18.00 $ 440,784.00 $ 9.50 $ 232,636.00 $ 17.50 $ 428,540.00 20 SS02315 Backfilling CY 240 $ 5.00 $ 1,200.00'$ 18.00 $ 4,320.00 $ 25.00 $ 6,000.00 21 SS02378 Riprap(all thickness),include all work and materials required for SY 120 $ 40.00 $ 4,800.00 $ 40.00 $ 4,800.00 $ 37.50 $ 4,500.00 installation(including excavation and backfill as per SS02316) Q SUBTOTAL BASE BID ITEMS $ 609,306.50 $ 498,111.00 $ 641,091.00 r i 12,1812011 Ba r.EularomPare 1 of CITY OF PEARLAND BID TABULATION Bid Request No. 1012-03 Addendum 4 Title Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the SH 35 Project The project will entail the construction of Clear Creek Fill Mitigation Area just west of the TsDOT Drainage Ditch between Beltway 8 in the north and Clear Creek in the south,and Construction of Description Mitigation Area along Hickory Slough at Mykawa Road Bid Type Invitation to Bid Open Date I I/92011 3:32:23 PM Central Close Date 12/820112:00:00 PM Central Engineers Estimate I Lindsey Construction,Inc. Haddock Construction Compan Iy nc._ Item Spec Ref. Item Description Unit of Estimated Unit Price Amount Bid Unit Price Amount Bid Unit Price Amount Bid No. Measure Quantity EXTRA ITEMS (2) (2) (2) 22 02252 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand Ton 200 $15.00 $3,000.00 $15.00 $3,000.00 $15.00 $3,000.00 23 02710 Extra Base Course CY 100 $6.00 $600.00 $6.00 $600.00 $6.00 $600.00 24 02921/SS02921 Extra Hydromulch Seeding AC 1 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 25 Appendix"A" Extra Cable Stayed Cellular Concrete Blocks SF 400 $7.50 $3,000.00 $7.50 $3,000.00 $7.50 $3,000.00 26 SS02315 Extra Excavation(including cost for haul off and disposal) CY 100 $18.00 $1,800.00 $18.00 $1,800.00 $18.00 $1,800.00 27 SS02315 Extra Backfill CY 100 $5.00 $500.00 $5.00 $500.00 $5.00 $500.00 28 SS02378 Extra Riprap(all thickness) SY 100 $40.00 $4,000.00 $40.00 $4,000.00 $40.00 S4,000.00 SUBTOTAL EXTRA ITEMS $ 14,100.00 $14,100.00 $ 14,100.00 ALLOWANCES (1) (1) (1) 29 01100 Permits LS 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 30 Utility Reimbursements LS 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 31 01100 Restoration/Maintenance of Earthen Swale LS 1 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 SUBTOTAL EXTRA ITEMS $ 7,000.00 $ 7,000.00 $ 7,000.00 TOTAL $ 630,406.50I J_ _ $519,211.00 $ 662,191.00 Footnotes for Tables In Exhibit A: (I)Fixed Unit Price determined prior to Bid.Cannot be adjusted by the Bidder. (2)Minimum Bid Price determined prior to Md.Can be increased by the Bidder by crossing out the Minimum end noting rated price on the line above. (3)Mlaaimum Bid Prier determined prior to Btd.Can be decreased by Bidder by crossing out the Madmum and noting raised price on the tine abase. tb180011 enrab tamm Papa]on "I;I ! , ! i L mnI6eama Ateaa&emm Tetlmotag Mr.Trent Epperson,P.E. December 20, 2011 Director, Projects Department, City of Pearland, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland,Texas 77581-5416 • Attn: Cuong Le, CAPM Project Manager, Projects Department Subject Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the SH 35 Project Construction Contract Recommendation Letter City of Pearland,Project No. F50991;Bid No. 1012-03 Dear Mr. Epperson: Bids were received by the City of Pearland on Thursday, December 8, 2011 for the Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the SH 35 Project (F50991, Bid No. 1012-03) from Haddock Construction Company, Inc., and Lindsey Construction, Inc. The Bidders and their bid amounts (low to high)were as follows: Bidder Base Bid Total with Extra Items and Allowances Lindsey Construction, Inc. $498,111.00 $519,211.00 Haddock Construction Company, Inc. $641,091.00 $662,191.00 Average Bid $569,601.00 $590,701.00 Engineers Estimate $609,306.50 $630,406.50 The Bids were reviewed and no changes, errors or omissions were found that would alter the order of the bidders listed above. The apparent low bid of $519,211 (consisting of Base Bid: $498,111.00, Extra Items: $14,100.00, and Allowances: $7,000.00) was submitted by Lindsey Construction, Inc. The low bid is 12% lower than the Average Bid and 18% lower than the Engineers Estimate. 5:lprgat1ua9931DES1GNVBTD PNASEEBid-Tabula( \BID No.1017.01.Rrrmmendauon Later-Rev2.dcc 3535 Sage Road•Houston, Texas 77056•713.845.5401 •Fax 713.993.9301 • I. ;ASTILUCTURE,LTD. fnBlnecdrt9 Ei tl�Beni9el yp Technology The Bid Item that significantly influenced the difference in bid was Item No. 19, Excavation (including cost of haul off and disposal). Engineers estimate had factored in the cost of hauling and disposal. Our estimate for this line item did not take into consideration a potential buyer for the purchase of the excavated material. The unit price for this line item as per Engineers Estimate was $18.00, Haddock Construction Company, Inc., was $17.50, and Lindsey Construction, Inc.,was $9.50. Based on their previous performance on City of Pearland Construction Project, and information on their performance obtained from other sources, S&B has determined that Lindsey Construction, Inc., is a responsible bidder in good standing. Other sources included reference from Alfred E. Lentz (713-839-8900) who represents Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 and Galveston County Consolidated Drainage District as the District Engineer, and information on Internet. Therefore, it is our recommendation that the project be awarded to Lindsey Construction, Inc., as the lowest bidder with the bid of$519,211.00. • • Sincerely, S&B Infrastructure,Ltd. (YCULW . Tanu ' emath, P.E., Project Manager. Page 2 of 2 S:lproject\u09931DESIGNIBID PHASE1Bid-Tabulation\BID No.1012-03-Recommendation Letter-Rev2doc 3535 Sage Road•Houston, Texas 77056•713.845.5401 •Fax 713.993.9301 Exhibit "A" R2012-4 (''' Project Manual For: FILL MITIGATION AREAS ON CLEAR CREEK AND HICKORY SLOUGH FOR THE STATE HWY. 35 PROJECT O ,.. o . ---, , ,-, . ,- ,..k. 41._ ci, . ..:. - ... . rr,: l L Ei 1v,—.r,_-',1.„K_",,. .L_-_. pnl'. �rj 1I�" �� plll �•- rT v` ��1 111.1 K _A-r 1, S •�' , , -iC-. , . -,,,. ,__ �J: '' __ .. , C'. J- ,fit, .189 COP Project No.: F50991 Project Manual BID No:1012-03 September, 2011 Prepared By: $ tt �p aopp0 E OF TFDOo oo7.. • j,— .*��SOo1 O*•• /� *000 S , I Q TANUSHREE HIREMATH 0 I 'ASTRUCTURE, LTD. °°�o�; ,02„4 Q ��o EnpmeeNey 0 Mamepemem 0 Tedmoiouv OQo FS•.0 E N.S;. o l. C FIRM REGISTRATION NO.F1582 Project Manual for: FILL MITIGATION AREAS ON CLEAR CREEK AND HICKORY SLOUGH FOR THE STATE HWY. 35 PROJECT City of Pearland, Texas COP Project No. : F50991 Project Manual BID No: 1012-03 September, 2011 Prepared By: i 1 Wearing Ci Mamma : lieclnaiugg 3535 Sage Road,Houston,TX 77056 Firm Registration No.F1582 A CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE i2i28i2o�i THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES CL BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Barbra Griffin NAME: Mullis Newby Hurst, LP (AHD N_E x)_ (972)201-0115 FAX No):(972)201-0123 5057 Keller Springs Rd, #400 Mass:bgriffin@mnhins.com Liberty Plaza II INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Addison TX 75001 INsuRERA:Amerisure Mutual Ins Co 23396 INSURED INSURER B:Amerisure Insurance Co 19488 Lindsey Construction, Inc. INSURER c:Texas Mutual Ins Co 22945 _ P.O. BOX 73169 INSURER D: INSURER E: Houston TX 77273-3169 INSURERF: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:11-12 3243 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT,TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUER POUCY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LT W R INSR VD POLICY NUMBER (MMIDDIYYYY) (MMIDD/YYYY) GENERAL UABIUTY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED 300,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ A CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR Y Y CPP2009916 5/29/2011 5/29/2012 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 X Blanket Contractual PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 I Liability GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY I A I PE0 n LOC $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 B X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED y y CA2009915 5/29/2011 5/29/2012 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ ATOS AUTOS X HIJRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ _ AUTOS (Per accident) Underinsured motorist $ UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 B X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED X RETENTIONS 0 Y Y CU2009980 5/29/2011 5/29/2012 $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION X WC STATU- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY N TORY LIMITS FR ANY AFYICE IMEMBER OPRIETOOR PARTNER?ECUTIVE Y N/A E.L EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 EXCL(Mandatory In NH) TSF-0001117424 5/29/2011 5/29/2012 E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under Y E.L DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT 5 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,if more space is required) Project: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State Hwy. 35 Project, Bid Number 1012-03, Project Number F50991 City of Pearland & Project Engineer are named as additional insureds (excluding professional liability) on a primary and non-contributory basis for general liability. Waiver of subrogation applies in favor of same for all policies. 30 Day Notice and/or material change shall be given to certificate holder, except 10 days for non-pay. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE (Ls THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Pearland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE John Newby/JAN ACORD 25(2010/05) ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. INS025 Mtnnst n1 Tim A[_ARfI nmmes onrl Innn nro rnnicf rorl morlrc of A(_f1Rn CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00901 ADDENDUM NO.01 Date: November 14, 2011 PROJECT: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project BID NO.: 1012-03 BID DATE: December 08, 2011 FROM: Tanu Hiremath, PE Project Manager S&B Infrastructute LTD 3535 Sage Road,Houston, TX 77056 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on both copies of the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: SPECIFICATIONS: Section 13730- Computer Equipment has been added to the project manual and Document 00010- Table of Contents has been updated to include Section 13730. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: END OF ADDENDUM NO. 01 () Tanu Hire th,PE Project Manager 07/2006 009##-1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS FILL MITIGATION AREAS ON CLEAR CREEK AND HICKORY SLOUGH FOR THE STATE HWY. 35 PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS NO. OF SECTION TITLE PAGES DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00010 Table of Contents 2 00100 Invitation to Bid 3 00200 Instructions to Bidders 8 00300 Bid Proposal 2 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 7 00610 Performance Bond 2 00611 Payment Bond 2 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 2 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 1 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 36 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 2 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 4 DIVISION 1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 3 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 4 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 3 01290 Change Order Procedures 4 01310 Coordination and Meetings 3 01350 Submittals 7 01380 Construction Photographs 3 01420 Referenced Standards 5 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 2 01440 Observation Services 1 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 3 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 10 01505 Mobilization 2 01550 Stabilized Construction Exit 4 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 4 01560 Filter Fabric Fence 3 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 3 01562 Waste Material Disposal 3 01563 Tree and Plant Protection 4 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 8 01565 TPDES Requirements 3 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 5 01570 Trench Safety System 4 01580 Project Identification Signs 4 01600 Material and Equipment 3 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 3 01720 Field Surveying 2 06/2010 00010- 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 01730 Cutting and Patching 3 01760 Project Record Documents 2 � 01770 Contract Closeout 2 DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation 4 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 5 02255 Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 7 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 13 02330 Embankment 5 02335 Subgrade - 7 02370 Geotextile 2 02415 Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 7 02532 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid Wall Pipe 4 02630 Storm Sewers 10 02710 Base Course for Pavement - 11 02744 Single Course Surface Treatment 4 02910 Topsoil 3 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 4 02922 Sodding 4 DIVISION 3—SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED FROM HARRIS COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT SS02315 Excavating and Backfilling 5 SS02316 Structural Excavating and Backfilling 5 SS02378 Riprap and Granular Fill 4 SS02921 Turf Establishment 6 SS02936 Fertilizer 3 SS02941 Herbicide Application 3 SS03310 Concrete 9 DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13730 Computer Equipment 6 APPENDICES A Channel Lock Specifications 6 B Specifications and Details for Turf Reinforcement Mat 5 ATTACHMENTS 1. Geotechnical Investigation Report 2. Wetland Delineation Report-Hickory Slough 3. USACE Nation Wide Permit(NWP)Letter-Hickory Slough 4. - Wetland Report- Clear Creek 5. TxDOT Permit- Clear Creek �? END OF SECTION 02/2010 00010-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT SECTION 13730—COMPUTER EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures, 01350 Submittals, 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls and 01505 Mobilization apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Portable"laptop"computer work-station. 2. One or more internet access workstations. 3. Computer operating system and application software. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CPU: Central processing unit. U B. ProTrak software: a web-based project management and collaborative co mmunications system providing multiple project users access to all project documentation. C. Credential: Password for the protected acces s to the ProTrak software providing data security for project documentation. D. DSL: Digital Subscriber Line. Commercial subscription for access to the internet E. Wireless Hub: Wireless access to the DSL internet connection for use with wireless co mputer modems in lap top computers. F. PC: Personal co mputer. Applies to the central station,workstations,file servers and portable lap tops. G. PDF: Portable Docu ment Format. The file format used by the Acrobat document-exchan ge- system software from Adobe. H. RAS: Remote access services. I. RF: Radio frequency. J. ROM: Read-only memory. ROM data are maintained through losses of power. K. TCP/IP: Transport control protocol/Internet protocol incorporated into Microsoft Windows. SECURITY ACCESS 13730- 1 1 CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT L. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply. M. USB: Universal serial bus. N. WAN: Wide area network. O. WAV: The digital audio format used in Microsoft Windows. P. WMP: Windows media player. Q. Windows: Operating system by Microsoft Corporation. R. Workstation: A PC with software that is configured for specific functions. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product description as a sub mittal fo r each ty pe of product indicated. Include rated capacities, opera ting characteristics, and furnished specialties or accessories. Refer ence each product to the or iginal specificat ion. Warranty data and any required warranty use authorization should be provided and transferable to the City as end user. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data : Provide all users' manuals , warranty information and any �J proof of purchase type information required for warranty and information regarding im bedded software licensing. In addition to items specified in Section 01782 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Microsoft Windows software documentation. 2. PC installation and operating docum entation, manuals, and software for the PC and all installed peripherals. Soft ware shall in dude system restore, emergency boot diskettes/ cd's, and drivers for all installed hardware. Provide separately for each PC. 3. Hard copies of manufacturer's spe cification sheets, operating specifications, design guides,user's guides for software and hardware, and PDF files on CD-ROM of the hard- copy submittal. 4. System installation and setup guides with data forms to plan and record options and setup decisions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." B. Provide"new" in the bo x materials and equipm ent complete with manufacturer's warranty as required. Provide all documentation as supplied by OEM. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Workstations, and Portable"laptop"computers: SECURITY ACCESS 13730-2 CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT 1. Store in temperature-and hum idity-controlled envi ronment in o riginal manufacturer's sealed containers. Maintain ambient temperature between 50 and 85 deg F, and not more than 80 percent relative humidity,non-condensing. 2. Open each container; veri fy contents agains t packing list; and fil e copy of packing list, complete with container identification. 3. Save original manufacturer's containers and packing materials an d deliver as directed under provisions covering extra materials. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Sy stem shall be capable of withstanding the follow ing environmental conditions without mech anical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability: 1. Indoor,Controlled Environment: System components, except installed in air-conditioned indoor environments shall be rated for contin uous operation in ambient conditi ons of 3 6 to 78 deg F dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity,non-condensing. 2. Outdoor Environment: System components installed in locations exposed to weather shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 36 to plus 100 deg F thy bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, condensing. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS • A. Manufacturers: Subject to corn pliance with re quirements,provide products b y the follo wing Manufacturer to comply with existing City IT requirements and Software access: 1. Dell Computer: Latitude E6420 ATG(225-0702) B. Basis-of-Design Product : Subject to compliance with re quirements,provide Dell Latitude E6420 (225-0702)or comparable product. 2.2 DESCRIPTION A. System Hardware and Software: Base Unit: Dell Latitude E6420 ATG(225-0702) Processor: Intel Core i5-2540M,2.60GHz,3MB Cache,Dell Latitude E6X20(317-5995) Memory: 4.0GB,DDR3-1333MHz SDRAM,2 DIMM,Dell Latitude(317-6239) Keyboard: Internal Backlit Dual Pointing English Keyboard,Dell Latitude E(331-1201) Keyboard: Tech Setup Guide,English,Dell Latitude E6420 ATG(331-1715) Keyboard: Documentation(English/French),Dell Latitude E-Family/Mobile Precision(331-2169) Video Card: Intel HD Graphics 3000,Dell Latitude E6420 ATG(318-0512) /0-- ) Hard Drive: 320GB Hard Drive 7200RPM,Dell Latitude E(342-0482) SECURITY ACCESS 13730-3 CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT Hard Drive Controller: NO Internal Fingerprint Reader and NO contactless smartcard reader,Dell Latitude E6420 ATG(331-2714) Floppy Disk Drive: 14.0 in HD(1366x768)Anti-Glare LED,Dell Latitude E6420 ATG(320-2141) Floppy Disk Drive: LCD Cover,No Touchscreen,Dell Latitude E6420 ATG(318-0510) Operating System: Genuine Windows 7 Label,Latitude,Vostro and Mobile Precision Notebooks(330- 6322) Operating System: Genuine Windows 7 Professional,64-bit,No Media,Latitude,English(421-8067) Modem: No Modem,Dell Latitude E(331-1221) TBU: 90W 3-Pin,AC Adapter,Dell Latitude E(331-1719) TBU: US-3 foot Flat Power Cord,Dell Latitude(330-4016) CD-ROM or DVD-ROM 8X DVD+/-RW,Dell Latitude E(318-0330) Drive: CD-ROM or DVD-ROM 8X DVD+/-RW Bezel,Dell Latitude E6320/E6420/E6520/ATG(318-0466) Drive: Software: Cyberlink Power DVD 9.5,No Media,Dell OptiPlex,Latitude and Precision Work- station(421-4370) Software: Roxio Creator Starter,No Media,Dell OptiPlex,Latitude and Precision Workstation (421-4539) Sound Card: No Camera,with single digital microphone,Dell Latitude E6420/ATG(318-0441) Processor Cable: Intel WiFi Link 6205(802.11a/g/n 2X2)1/2 MiniCard for VPRO Latitude E/Mobile Precision(430-3961) Documentation Disk- Intel vPro Technology Advanced Management Features,Dell Latitude E6X20(331- ette: 1227) Bundled Software: Adobe Acrobat X,includes Serial Key Card,FI,ENG/FRN(410-0560) Bundled Software: Microsoft Office Starter 2010,OptiPlex,Precision and Latitude(421-3950) Bundled Software: Microsoft Office Professional 2010,English,OptiPlex,Precision and Latitude(421- 3957) Feature 6-Cell(60WH)Primary Lithium Ion Battery for Latitude(312-1151) Feature Carrying Handle,Latitude E6420 ATG(331-1713) Service: Dell Limited Hardware Warranty Plus Service Extended Year(s)(934-9528) Service: Dell Limited Hardware Warranty Plus Service Initial Year(929-3587) Service: ProSupport:Next.Business Day Limited Onsite Service After Remote Diagnosis 4 Year Extended(927-0034) ProSupport:Next Business Day Limited Onsite Service After Remote Diagnosis Ini- 0 Service: tial Year(951-4140) SECURITY ACCESS 13730-4 CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT Service: ProSupport:7x24 Technical Support,4 Year Extended(928-8134) Service: ProSupport:7x24 Technical Support,Initial(956-5210) Support: Accidental Damage Service,5 Year(927-0184) Support: Info,Complete Care(988-7689) Misc: Energy Star Enabled/E-PEAT/Gold,Latitude E6420/ATG(331-1931) Misc: Intel Core i5 vPro Processor(331-1641) Resource DVD with Drivers,Dell Latitude E6420/ATG(331-1222) Cyberlink Power 9.5.1 AND Roxio Creator Starter Media for DVD+/-RW,Dell Opti- Plex,Workstation and Latitude(421-5109) Media Kit,Win 7 Professional 64bit,MUI,Dell OptiPlex,Precision and Latitude(421- 5682) Dell Back-up and Recovery Manager for Win7,MUI,Optiplex,Precision,Latitude (331-3300) CFI,Integration Fee,Order Ready,Pronc(365-0530) B. Field Office Internet Access 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for DSL internet ac cess in the te mporary Field Office for use by OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and INSPECTORS as well as for CONTRACTOR'S use. a. Service must support a minimum of two user s simultaneously and be available at all times during working ours b. No separate pay item will be made for Internet Access.Include monthly cost in Temporary Facilities, if a separate pay item is established, or as an incidental cost PART 3-EXECUTION Provide computer equipm ent and software sub mittal in initial"Critical" submittals as material submittal#1. Upon approval by OWNER and ENGINEER; a) deliver computer equipment to OWNER in original manufacturer's packaging. b) Establish wireless internet connections in CONTRACTOR'S field office and co ordinate operation of co mputer with internet a ccess at this location and request c) Invoice Computer Equipment line item in first 50%of Mobilization. SECURITY ACCESS 13730-5 CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT END SECTION SECURITY ACCESS 13730 - 6 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00902 ADDENDUM NO. 02 Date: December 06, 2011 PROJECT: Fill Mitigation Areas.on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project BID NO.: 1012-03 BID DATE: December 08, 2011 FROM: Tanu Hiremath,PE Project Manager - S&B Infrastructute LTD 3535 Sage Road, Houston, TX 77056 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original 'Contract Documents, Specifications, and lDrawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on both copies of the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: SPECIFICATIONS: Clarifications: 1)A project sign is not required. Items under Section 01505 and 01580 (project identification sign)related to this will not apply. 2)A field office is not required. Related items under Item 1.05 (Temporary Utilities)from Section 01500 (Temporary Facilities)and Item 1.02(Measure and Payment)from Section 01505 (Mobilization)will not apply. 3)Item 2.03 (Computer Equipment)from Section 01505 and Section 13730 (Computer Equipment) still applies. 07/2006 00902- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM 0 Changes: 1)The attached Section 00300,Exhibit A replaces the original document. Reference Specification Numbers have been added to Item 11 and 13, and Specification Number for'Filter Fabric Fence' has been corrected. 2)Attached Appendix A replaces the Appendix A in,the project manual. Design criteria for the cellular concrete flexible revetment system has been revised. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: END OF ADDENDUM NO. 02 Tanu( frem ,PE--_�� Project Ma ager 0 . • �� 07/2006 00902-2 of 2. CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL:EXHIBIT-A (7) Section 00300 EXHIBIT-A Item Spec.No. Bid Item Description Unit Estimated Unit Price Amount Bid No. Quantity BASE BID ITEMS Protection of Wetlands along Hickory Slough(all work/materials 1 01100 inclusive-including staking of wetland boundary, fencing(orange barricades), and signage) LS 1 2 01505 Mobilization LS 1 3 01550 Stabilized Construction Access SY 400 (Type I-Rock) 4 01560 Filter Fabric Fence LF 900 5 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 75 6 01564 Control of Ground and Surface LF 213 Water 01564/ Channel flow diversion/diversion 7 LS 1 01100 pumping 8 01565 Storm Water Pollution Prevention LS 2 Plan 9 02200 Clearing and Grubbing LS 2 10 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand(for low Ton 410 water crossing) 24" (HDPE Pipe) Storm Sewer and 02532/ Appurtenances, include all 11 02630 associated work and materials LF 85 (cement stabilized sand,bedding, backfill,restoration). 48" diameter culverts (RCP)and Appurtenances, include all 12 02630 associated work and materials LF 128 (stabilized sand-bedding and backfill 13 02710/ Base Course, include Bullrock CY 27 SS02378 14 02921/ Hydromulch Seeding and Fertilizing AC 4 SS02921 15 02922/ Sodding, include all associated work AC 1 SS02921 and materials. Bidder's Initial's: 06/2010 00300- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL:EXHIBIT-A Item Estimated J No. Spec.No. Bid Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount Bid 16 13730 Computer and Accessories LS 1 Cable Stayed Cellular Concrete Appendix Blocks, include all work and 17 materials required for installation SF 6,000 (including geotextile, excavation and backfill) Erosion Control Blanket(Turf Appendix Reinforcement Mat), include all 18 ,.B., work and materials required for SY 400 installation(including excavation and backfill) 19 SS02315 Excavation(including cost for haul CY 24,488 off and disposal) 20 SS02315 Backfilling CY 240 Riprap (all thickness), include all work and materials required for 21 SS02378 installation(including excavation(I; SY 120 and backfill as per SS02316) SUBTOTAL BASE BID ITEMS EXTRA ITEMS • 22 02252 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand Ton 200 $15.00(2) $3,000.00(2) 23 02710 Extra Base Course CY 100 $ 6.00(2) $600.00(2) 02921/ 24 SS02921 Extra Hydromulch Seeding AC 1 1,200.00(2) $1,200.00(2) 25 Appendix Extra Cable Stayed Cellular SF 400 "A" Concrete Blocks $7.50(2) $3,000.00(2) 26 SS02315 Extra Excavation(including cost for CY 100 haul off and disposal) $18.00(2) $9,000.00(2) 27 SS02315 Extra Backfill CY 100 $5.00(2) $500.00(2) 28 SS02378 Extra Riprap(all thickness) SY 100 (2� (2) $40.00 $4,000.00 SUBTOTAL EXTRA ITEMS $21,300.00(2) Bidder's Initial's: 06/2010 00300-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL:EXHIBIT-A Item Spec.No. Bid Item Description Unit Estimated Unit Price Amount Bid J No. Quantity ALLOWANCES 29 01100 Permits LS 1 $ $2,000(1) 2,000.00(2) 30 Utility Reimbursements LS 1 (1� $ $2,000 2,000.00(2) 31 01100 Restoration/Maintenance of Earthen LS 1 $ Swales along Hickory Slough $3,000(1) 3,000.00(2) SUBTOTAL ALLOWANCES $7,000.00(2) TOTAL BID PRICE Footnotes for Tables in Exhibit A: (1) Fixed Unit Price determined prior to Bid. Cannot be adjusted by the Bidder. (2) Minimum Bid Price determined prior to Bid. Can be increased by the Bidder by crossing out the Minimum and noting revised price on the line above. (3) Maximum Bid Price determined prior to Bid. Can be decreased by Bidder by crossing out the Maximum and noting revised price on the line above. • Bidder's Initial's: 06/2010 00300-3 of 3 APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS FOR CHANNEL LOCKR FLEXIBLE REVETMENT SYSTEM WITH POLYESTER REVETMENT CABLES APPENDIX A TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR EROSION CONTROL PARAGRAPH PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 01 1.2 REFERENCES 01 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 01 1.4 ° MEASUREMENT 01 1.5 PAYMENT 01 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA - 02 2.2 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS 02 0 2.3 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS W/CABLES O2 2.4 CABLE REQUIREMENTS 02 2.5 FILTER FABRIC 03 PART 3-EXECUTION - 3.1 FOUNDATION PREPARATION 03 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS 04 3.3 REVETMENT CABLE 04 3.4 FINSHING 05 - 3.5 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 05 PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK: This item consists of furnishing and installing an interlocking flexible revetment system (cellular concrete blocks)in accordance with the lines,grades, design and dimensions shown on the plan and drawings and specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designations only. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)Publications. ASTM C 33-97 Concrete Aggregates. ASTM C 140-91 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units ASTM D 4268-93 Testing Fiber ropes • US Federal Highway Administration(FHWA)and US Bureau of Reclamation(USBR) FHWA RD-89-199 Hydraulic Stability of Articulated Concrete Block Revetment Systems During Overtopping Flow. 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS: • Materials de livered t o t he s ite s hall b e i nspected for da mage,u nloaded a nd s tored w ith t he minimum o f h andling. C ontractor may d esignate a s torage s ite at t he p roject for ma terials to b e delivered and stored prior to placement if needed. Storage site to be approved by the Contracting Officer. Materials shall not be stored directly on the ground and shall be kept free of dirt and debris. Materials shall be so handled as to ensure delivery to the site in sound undamaged condition. Synthetic geotextiles that are not to b e installed immediately s hall be protected from the d irect s unlight and i n accordance with the applicable portions of the SECTION entitled GEOTEXTILES USED.FOR FILTERS: 1.4 MEASUREMENT: Unit o f m easurement f or t he cel lular c oncrete b locks s hall b e by t he s quare foot o fs urface a rea satisfactorily covered with the cellular concrete blocks. 1.5 PAYMENT: Unit of payment for acceptable cellular concrete blocks placed will be made at the contract unit price per square foot for"cellular concrete blocks",which price shall include costs of furnishing,hauling and placing the cellular concrete blocks with cables(complete in place,including all components,earth work,materials and equipment necessary for instalition). t, J - , Appendix A PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA: The interlocking flexible revetment system shall be as described herein known as Channel Lock or an approved equal design by the engineer. Hydraulic test data and block performance according to FHWA- RD-89-199 will be required to be submitted for approval by the Contracting Officer. The concrete blocks shall be a minimum of 65 lbs. PSF(per square foot),shall withstand water flow velocities o f 24.5 feet per second and shear stress values of 24.6 lbs:PSF. 2.2 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS: The c ellular co ncrete b locks s hall b e octagonal s haped w ith interlocking c omponents f our directional w ithin a 1 5" module. E ach c omponent s hall resist horizontal mo vement w hen interlocked into adjacent blocks. (Interlock is hereby defined as the inability to pull apart or separate when one component is placed in conjunction with another component). The assembled blocks shall be the open- cell type and have a void space of approximately 18 to 23%to allow for re-vegetation. 2.21 Concrete Materials: The co mpressive s trength o ft he co ncrete s hall b e a m inimum o f 4 000 P SI a t 2 8 d ays. The co re compressive strength shall not be less than the minimum and test cores shall be tested a t t he e ngineers option. Test procedures shall be in accordance with ASTM C 140-91. Cores failing to meet the minimum compressive strength requirements shall be cause for rejection of the represented lot by the engineer. 2.22 Aggregate: The aggregate shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 33-97,except for grading. Aggregate grading shall be reasonably consistent and s hall b e well-graded from the maximum size which can b e conveniently handled with available equipment 2.3 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS WITH CABLES: The cellular concrete blocks with cables shall be installed as an assembly of concrete blocks connected by the use o fr evetment cables. The a ssembled blocks shall have a range of 18 to 23 P ercent Open Area(POA)which may be achieved by penetrations within the block or by the regular spacing of blocks. 2.4 CABLE REQUIREMENTS: Cable s hall b e constructed o fh igh tenacity,to w e longation and c ontinuous filament p olyester fibers. Cables shall consist of a core construction comprised of parallel fibers contained within an outer jacket or cover. The weight ofthe parallel core shall be between 65 to 70 p ercent ofthe total weight ofthe cable. The revetment cable shall have the following minimum physical properties: Nominal Cable Diameter: 1/4"-20mm Approximate Strength Lbs. 3,700 Weight/100 feet Minimum-2.47 Maximum-2.74 2.41 The revetment cable shall exhibit good to excellent resistance to most concentrated acids, alkalis and solvents. Cable shall be impervious to rot,mildew and degradation associated with marine organisms. The materials used in the construction shall not be affected by continuous immersion in fresh or salt water. 2.42 Selection of cable and fittings shall ensure a safe design factor for mattresses being lifted Appendix A from both ends,thereby forming a catenary. Consideration shall be taken for the bending of the cables around hooks or pins during lifting. Revetment cable splicing fittings shall be selected so that the result splice s hall provide a minimum o f 75 pe rcent oft he minimum rated cable strength. F ittings such as sleeves,stops and washers shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise shown. 2.43 Elongation Requirements: • Requirements listed below are based upon stabilized new and dry cable. The tolerance of these values is plus or minus 5 percent. %Breaking Strength 10% 20% 30% Permanent Elongation 0.7 1.8 2.6 (While Working) Elastic Elongation 0.6 1.4 2.2 Total Stretch 1.3 3.2 4.8 2.5 FILTER FABRIC: The filter fabric used for cel lular concrete b locks s hall b e i n a ccordance w ith the S ECTION entitled GEOTEXTILES USED FOR FILTERS. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 FOUNDATION PREPARATION: Areas on which filter fabric and cellular concrete blocks are to be placed shall be constructed tothe lines and grades shown. The subgrade for the cellular concrete blocks shall be free of voids,pits and depressions. Voids,pits and depressions shall be brought to grade by backfilling in accordance with the applicable portions of the SECTION entitled STRIPPING,EXCAVATION,FILLING AND BACKFILLING. Obstructions,such as roots and projecting stones larger than 1 inch remaining on the surface,shall be removed and the soft or low density pockets of material removed shall be filled with selected material and compacted to a minimum of 90%proctor density. 3.12 Perimeter: Excavation and preparation for anchor trenches, side trenches,toe trenches and aprons shall be done in accordance to the lines,grades and dimensions shown on the plans. 3.13 Inspection: Immediately prior to placing the filter fabric and cellular concrete blocks,the prepared area shall be inspected by the Contractor and approved before the fabric or blocks are placed thereon. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS: 3.21 Filter Fabric: . ) Placement of filter fabric shall be installed in accordance with the SECTION entitled GEOTEXTILES Appendix A USED AS FILTERS and as stated herein. i 3.22 Placement of Cellular Concrete Blocks: Cellular concrete blocks shall be placed within the limits shown. The blocks shall be interlocked in a manner which discourages any vertical displacement or horizontal movement. The cellular concrete blocks shall be placed on the filter fabric in such a manner as to produce a level surface. No more than 200 linear feet of filter fabric shall be laid before covered with concrete blocks. Fabric installed more than two(2) days not covered by blocks shall be lifted and the surface of the slope inspected for slope defects. The Contracting Officer will require uncovered fabric to be lifted after heavy rainfall to inspect for slope damage. The manufacturer,Contractor and Client shall discuss subgrade preparation,geotextile and cellular block placement at the pre-construction meeting to ensure that all parties are aware of the issues regarding installation. The manufacturer of the cellular concrete blocks shall be present during the first week of block placement to assist the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish a certificate from the manufacturer or an authorized representative thereof stating that the blocks were installed correctly. Final acceptance and approval of the installation will be made by the Contracting Officer. 3.23 Quality Control: Equipment shall not be allowed on the installed concrete blocks until topsoil is placed over the revetment system to refrain from breaking or damaging any blocks. 3.24 Grouting: 3.3 REVETMENT CABLE: The cellular concrete blocks shall be installed in the field by the use of polyester revetment cables and fittings. Revetment cable may extend through one(1)or more tunnels in each block in a manner that provides for binding of the blocks in both diagonal directions. 3.31 Cables: Cables shall be provided for every concrete block at concrete structures and tied to reinforcement. Fastening shall be with approved sleeves, fittings or fasteners according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 FINISHING: 3.41 The voids of the cellular concrete blocks for the limits shown shall be filled with topsoil, seed and fertilizer in accordance with the SECTION entitled TURF. At no time shall more than 500 lineal feet of blocks be exposed unturfed. Prior to turf placement,the blocks surface shall be inspected for damage. Individual blocks which are cracked and reduce the individual block weight to 1/3 shall be replaced prior to the placement of turf Appendix A 3.5 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL: (2) The Contractor shall inspect for compliance with contract requirements and record the inspection of operations including but not limited to the following as applicable: (1) Preparation of surface to receive cellular concrete blocks or mattresses (2) Individual concrete blocks and filter fabric soundness and free of defects (3) Cables and fittings-breaking strength (4) Assembly of cellular concrete blocks bound by cables to form cellular concrete mattresses (5) Placement of blocks or mattresses and filter fabric on the prepared subgrade (9) Appendix A CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS FILL MITIGATION AREAS ON CLEAR CREEK AND HICKORY SLOUGH Cr".‘ FOR THE STATE HWY. 35 PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS NO. OF SECTION TITLE PAGES DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00010 Table of Contents 2 00100 Invitation to Bid 3 00200 Instructions to Bidders 8 00300 Bid Proposal 2 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 7 00610 Performance Bond 2 00611 Payment Bond 2 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 2 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 1 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 36 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 2 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 4 DIVISION 1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 3 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 4 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 3 01290 Change Order Procedures 4 01310 •Coordination and Meetings 3 01350 Submittals 7 01380 Construction Photographs 3 01420 Referenced Standards 5 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 2 01440 Observation Services 1 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 3 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 10 01505 Mobilization 2 01550 Stabilized Construction Exit 4 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 4 01560 Filter Fabric Fence 3 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 3 01562 Waste Material Disposal 3 01563 Tree and Plant Protection 4 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 8 01565 TPDES Requirements 3 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 5 01570 Trench Safety System 4 01580 Project Identification Signs 4 01600 Material and Equipment 3 06/2010 00010- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 3 01720 Field Surveying 2 01730 Cutting and Patching 3 01760 Project Record Documents 2 01770 Contract Closeout 2 DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation 4 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 5 02255 Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 7 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 13 02330 Embankment 5 02335 Subgrade 7 02370 Geotextile 2 02415 Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 7 02532 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid Wall Pipe 4 02630 Storm Sewers 10 02710 Base Course for Pavement 11 02744 Single Course Surface Treatment 4 02910 Topsoil 3 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 4 02922 Sodding 4 DIVISION 3 —SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED FROM HARRIS COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT SS02315 Excavating and Backfilling 5 SS02316 Structural Excavating and Backfilling 5 SS02378 Riprap and Granular Fill 4 SS02921 Turf Establishment 6 SS02936 Fertilizer 3 SS02941 Herbicide Application 3 SS03310 Concrete 9 APPENDICES • A Channel Lock Specifications 6 B Specifications and Details for Turf Reinforcement Mat 5 ATTACHMENTS 1. Geotechnical Investigation Report 2. Wetland Delineation Report- Hickory Slough 3. USACE Nation Wide Permit(NWP) Letter- Hickory Slough 4. Wetland Report- Clear Creek 5. TxDOT Permit- Clear Creek END OF SECTION 02/2010 00010-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Cir.\ Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. For more information regarding registration instructions, See, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebidsCa.ci.pearland.tx.us All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the Office of the City Purchasing, City of Pearland, City Hall located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m., Thursday, December, 08 2011. All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project • City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: F50991 BID NO.: 1012-03 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 2:00 p.m. on November, 29, 2011. The project will entail the construction of Clear Creek Fill Mitigation Area just west of the TxDOT Drainage Ditch that runs between Beltway 8 in the north and Clear Creek in the south. The mitigation area extends approximately 440 feet west of the TxDOT ditch and is approximately 150 feet wide. The Project also entails construction of the Hickory Slough Fill Mitigation Area that extends along the north bank of Hickory Slough approximately 1000 feet east from the Mykawa Road Crossing at Hickory Slough. Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, C.\ including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals, RFI's, RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer.. This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation 08, 2011 00100- 1 of 3 'CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID requirements that form the basis for all project communications, documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200. Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids upon registration. The documents are viewable without registration. These same documents are also available at the following locations. City of Pearland, City Hall (281) 652-1600 Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Amtek Plan Room (713) 956-0100 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, TX 77057 Associated Builders & Contractors of Greater Houston (713) 523-6222 3910 Kirby, Suite 131 Houston, TX 77098 Dodge Reports (713) 316-9411 10606 Hempstead Rd., Suite 110 Houston, Texas 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES. Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s) Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original Bid Bonds shall be delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer prior to the opening of bids . Bid 08, 2011 00100-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID (""\ bonds shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally, the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin Selection Crite ria: In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidders, including Financial Statements of Bidders, identified in the Instructions to Bidders; and 9) any other relevant criteria rib.\ specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been "opened" may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Young Lorfing, TRMS City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date Second Publication date C 08, 2011 00100-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 (0"°\,, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term"the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City. 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one, who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders,the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids). 1.3 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or"e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. C.b.\ 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration and construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at www.cityofpearland.orq/bids, Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the list and clicking on that project. Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. Registrants must provide data for all categories marked with a "*" and must select the following project bid categories: Building Construction Services,New (includes Maintenance and Repair), Construction Services, General" " 08 2011 00200-1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Construction Services, Heavy " CC Construction Services, Trade (new construction) Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E- bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids(ca..ci.pearland.tx.us 3. Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. r 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer. 3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders, whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders bidding to the Bidder, register as a Supplier and download the project Bid Documents. 3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 15 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested: 08 2011 00200-2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid; 4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder; and 5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, 08 2011 00200-3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders filing bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original Bid Bonds shall be 08 2011 00200-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer prior to the opening of bids. Bid bonds shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until after the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. 8. Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time" or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement.. 10 Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items 10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the.Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with'the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. All E-bids must be submitted on.the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All (111b'‘' blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 082011 00200-5of8 CITY OF PEARLAND_ INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded.as an attachment to the Bid. 11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at www.citvofpearland.orq/bids. Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by verbal, facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, 082011 00200-6of8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 14. Opening of Bid Proposals 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1)purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16.2 In evaluating Bid Proposals, Owner will consider the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. 16.3 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial 082011 00200-7of8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time. 16.4 The contract is to be awarded to the lowest responsible Bidder and may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 19. Pre-bid Conference 19.1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. Attendance at the pre-bid conference is MANDITORY to fulfill the prerequisite requirements for Bidders bidding directly to the Owner. 20. Retainage 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION fl 08 2011 00200-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Date: December 8, 2011 Bid of Lindsey Construction, Inc. ,an individual proprietorship/a (corporation oraamzed and existjn under the laws of the State of Texas)a partnership consisting of N/A , for the construction of: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project: City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: F50991 BID NO.: 1012-03 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project, with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans, and Specifications prepared by the Engineer, S&B Infrastructure LTD., 335 Sage Road, Houston, TX 77056, Project Manager- Tanu Hiremath, PE, 713-845-5318, under the City of Pearland's inspection for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland Texas 77581. The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid review. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, each in the amount of one fir►, hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for 08/2011 00300- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL the prices stated in Exhibit "A" of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written notice to commence work. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within 120 days after the date of the notice to commence work. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the notice to commence work. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages • in the amount(s) specified in Document 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete in this time limit. It is agreed that the Contract Price may be increased or decreased to cover work added,altered,or deleted by order of the Engineer,in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of Agreement. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for sixty (60) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder. It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to 1 the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No.: 1 Date: 11/14/11 Addendum No.: 2 Date: 12/06/11 Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named . Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement,participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. Firm Name: Lindsey Constru ion,�lnc. By: Gary Sundstrom I(1 . Title: Vice President Address: P.O. Box 73169, Houston, TX 77273 Phone No: (281)651-0000 _ ATTEST: Steven - erwood (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) .red o Print-•"'.'" � Signatu e Date: December 8, 2011 END OF SECTION 08/2011 00300-2 of 2 T rers) Bid Request Number 1012-03 SH 35 Fill Mitigation Ponds Specification Responses Lindsey Construction, Inc. Line Description UOM QTY Unit Extended 1 EA 1 Protection of Wetlands along Hickory Slough (all work/materials inclusive-including staking of wetland , 1.1 boundary, fencing (orange barricades), and signage) LS 1 $30,000.00 $30,000.00� 1.2 Mobilization LS 1 $45,000.00 $45,000.00. 1.3 Stabilized Construction Access(Type I - Rock) SY 400 $25.00 `' "'$10,000.00 1.4 Filter Fabric Barrier LF 900 $2.00 $1,800.00, 1.5 Reinforced Filter Fabric Fence LF 75 $3.00 F, $225.00 1.6 Control of Ground and Surface Water LF 213 $25.00 $5,325.00 1.7 Channel flow diversion/diversion pumping LS 1 $12,000.00 ; $12000.006. 1.8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan LS 2 $5,000.00 $10,000.00 1.9 Clearing and Grubbing LS 2 $9,000.00 $18,000.00 1.10 Cement Stabilized Sand (for low water crossing) Ton 410 $30.00 $12,300.00 24(HDPE Pipe) Storm Sewer and Appurtenances, include all associated work and materials (cement stabilized sand, 1.11 bedding, backfill, restoration). LF 85 $65.00 $5,525.00 48 diameter culverts(RCP)and Appurtenances, include all associated work and materials (stabilized sand-bedding 1.12 and backfill LF 128 $130.00 $16 640:00'r 1.13 Base Course, include Bullrock CY 27 $120.00 $3,240.00 1.14 Hydromulch Seeding and Fertilizing AC 4 $2,000.00 $8,000.00.a 1.15 Sodding, include all associated work and materials. AC 1 $22,000.00 $22,000.00 1.16 Computer and accessories LS 1 $3,500.00 $3,500.00 Cable Stayed Cellular Concrete Blocks, include all work and materials required for installation (including geotextile, 1.17 excavation and backfill) SF 6000 $8.00 $48,000.00` Turf Reinforcement Mat, include all work and materials ` 1.18 required for installation (including excavation and backfill) SY 400 $12.00 $4,800.00 1.19 Excavation (including cost for haul off and disposal) CY 24488 $9.50 $232636 00=:a 1.20 Backfilling CY 240 $18.00 $4,320.00 Riprap(all thickness), include all work and materials required for installation (including excavation and backfill as 1.21 per HCO2316) SY 120 $40.00 $4,800.00 2 EA 1 2.1 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand Ton 200 $15.00 $3000;00 2.2 Extra Base Course CY 100 $6.00 $600.00'. 2.3 Extra Hydromulch Seeding AC 1 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 2.4 Extra Cable Stayed Cellular Concrete Blocks SF 400 $7.50 $3,000.00 2.5 Extra Excavation (including cost for haul off and disposal) CY 100 $18.00 , ,w $1,800 00 2.6 Extra Backfill CY 100 $5.00 - ` $500.00 2.7 Extra Riprap (all thickness) SY 100 $40.00 $4,000.00 3 EA 1 3.1 Permits LS 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 3.2 Utility Reimbursements LS 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 3.3 Restoration/Maintenance of Earthen Swale LS 1 $3,000.00 $3000.00 Total $137,279.00 $519,21100 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT ( Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and Lirid59 for -rue,t or), l fie., (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). The Work is generally described as follows: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project The project includes two sites: Clear Creek Fill Mitigation Area that extends approximately 440 feet west of the TxDOT Drainage Ditch (between Beltway 8 andClear Creek), and Hickory Slough Fill Mitigation Area that extends along the north bank of Hickory Slough approximately 1000 feet east from the Mykawa Road Crossing at Hickory Slough. City of Pearland,Texas 7\1 COP PN: F50991 BID NO.: 1012-03 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by S&B Infrastructure, LTD., 3535 Sage Road, Houston, TX 77056 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions) within one hundred and twenty (120) days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within one hundres and eighty (180) days days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties 02/2008 00500- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by (0P-s. OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds Club-\ 31)5)9, 2.11 .00 (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid as accepted by OWNER and as shown in Document 00300—Bid Proposal. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all 02/2008 00500-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this (4"..\ Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, ,the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under"Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6.08 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6.08. Article 6. INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS ("`\. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work ,and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of _ such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, 02/2008 00500-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data (111'N are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor. 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 13 inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project. 8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any (1"'N Addenda referenced therein. 8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 02/2008 00500-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship. CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period in an expeditious manner at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law. 9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 02/2008 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER: Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked,mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. (1111.'\ 02/2008 00500-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date: Z-Loo '.*- I D , 20)1. OWNER: CONTRACTOR: CITY OF PEARLA • By: By: Title: `'/TSB /1744/4- � Title: Cr.A Date: 0..2- p/Z Date: erp• : e Seal) liftri1111h.. ("b.\ ATTEST ATT T L . ft• �„ft. Address for giving notices P o. Qom '13165 ARLq,�o, 7 7 2 7 o,: .,�' 3=a= Phone: 2 g - 65-I oo a Fax: Z /— GS"I - ®22$ Agent for service of process: END OF SECTION 02/2008 00500-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND • PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00010 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXASC Bond No.022016190 COUNTY OF BRAZORIA 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Lindsey Construction, Inc. of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal•sum of$H„�� ctneeeana°otf Two for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and . assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 10th day of January , 20 12 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project The project includes two sites: Clear Creek Fill Mitigation Area that extends approximately 440 feet west of the TxDOT Drainage Ditch(between Beltway 8 andClear Creek),and Hickory Slough Fill Mitigation Area that extends along the north bank of Hickory Slough • approximately 1000 feet east from.the Mykawa Road Crossing at Hickory Slough. City of Pearland,Texas COP PN:F50991 • BID NO.: 10.12-03 . which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this'obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force-and effect; { PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to.the provisions of Chapter 2253 r. of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. • Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or - addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract,or to the Work to be performed thereunder. 1212007 - 00610-1 of 2 1 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said-Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this lath day of January - , 2012 Principal: - Surety: Lindsey Construction c. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company By: By: Title: 1 ` Z Title: Sandra Lee Roney,Attorn,ey in.-Fabt • • Address: Address: ~�\ • P.O. Box 73169 12750 Merit Drive, Suite 710 L Houston,TX 77273 Dallas,TX 75251 Telephone: 281-651-0000 Telephone: 972-662-2909 Fax: 281-651-0228 Fax: 866-546-9684 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 12/2007 00610-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLA.ND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 • PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS Bond No.022016190 COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § • KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Lindsey Construction,Inc. of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$H ndrred Twen Onee a d ooi o sTWO for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 10th day of January , 2012 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough forthe State HWY 35 Project The project includes two sites: Clear Creek Fill Mitigation Area that'extends approximately 440 feet west of the TxDOT Drainage Ditch(between Beltway 8 andClear Creek),and Hickory Slough Fill Mitigation Area that extends along the north bank of Hickory Slough approximately 1000 feet east from the Mykawa Road Crossing at Hickory Slough. City of Pearland,Texas COP.PN: F50991 BID NO.: 1012-03 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a:part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, .then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED,HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter..2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in. accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. 07/2006 0061 1 - I of 2 CITY OF PEARLA.VD PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF;-the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 10th day of _ _January , 2012 Principal: - Surety: Lindsey Construction, I . Liberty Mutual Insurance Company By: By: Title: C 4dri=1.+as,sc7 ^ ' r.gA'— Title: Sandra Lee Roney,Attorraey,in fact-. Address: Address: t= P.O. Box 73169 12750 Merit Drive, Suite 710 - Houston,TX 77273 Dallas,TX 75251 Telephone: 281-651-0000 Telephone: 972-662-2909 Fax: 281-651-0228 Fax: 866-546-9684 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00611 -2 of 2 • CITY OFPE,4RLi1ND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 Bond No.022016190 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Lindsey Construction, Inc. . of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum.of$ Hund d Tw ny onee and o°oiioosTN70 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 10th day of January , 2012 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Fill Mitigation Areas on Clear Creek and Hickory Slough for the State HWY 35 Project The project includes two sites: Clear Creek Fill Mitigation Area that extends approximately 440 feet west of the TxDOT Drainage Ditch (between Beltway 8 andClear Creek), and Hickory Slough Fill Mitigation Area that extends along the north bank of Hickory Slough approximately 1000 feet east from the Mykawa Road Crossing at Hickory Slough. City of.Pearland,Texas COP PN: F50991 BID Nth: 1012-03 which Contract is-hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. • NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS-SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void:.otherwise.to remain in full force and effect: • PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in • accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as-if it were copied at length herein. • Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that.no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation.on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. ( lb.\ 07/20U6 00612,- I of 2 CITY OF PEARLA,VU ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF; the-said.Prjcipal_ii_nd Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 10th day of _January —= 2012 . - -- Principal: __ _ Surety: Lindsey Construction Liberty Mutual Insurance Company By: By: fir _p Title: Co.ti�� L:»�.y� f��7i�k.-� Title: Sandra Lee Roney,AttornWin+Fac ' --- Address: Address: = = ` - = P.O. Box 73169 12750 Merit Drive, Suite 710 = Houston,TX 77273 Dallas,TX 75251 Telephone: 281-651-0000 Telephone: 972-662-2909 Fax: 281-651-0228 Fax: 866-546-9684 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION • 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 • IN /� liberty to" Mutual Important Notice TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR TO MAKE A COMPLAINT: You may write to Liberty Mutual Surety at: Liberty Mutual Surety Interchange Corporate Center 450 Plymouth Road, Suite 400 Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462-8284 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtectiontdi.state.tx.us Premium or Claim Disputes Should you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. Attach This Notice To Your Policy: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. LMIC-3500 Page 1 of 2 Rev.7.1.07 (011bN, Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows: In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of$ the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project have been fully paid by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made, the undersigned does fully and finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. Signature Printed Name&Title Company Name State of County of Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this day of , 20 My Commission Expires: Notary Public L Revised 12/31/07 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ( Section 00700 06'N GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation and performance of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the Construction Manager or Engineer as designated. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding the Plans and such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order: (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders; (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; (5) Addenda, if any; (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual; (7) Instructions to Bidders; (8) Bid Proposal; and (9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: 05/2008 00700- 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Plans and Specifications or other Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project with a value meeting or exceeding 10% of the Contractor's TOTAL BASE BID for the work contemplated by these Contract Documents. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual, partnership,joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only. 05/2008 00700-2 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through (7. Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. 1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) 1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four 4 or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or "Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 05/2008 00700-3 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. Whenever in the Specifications or Drawings of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. (.11b 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. Club\ 05/2008 00700-4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the affected portion of the Work until it receives ENGINEER's written response to such Request for Information, and then only in accordance with ENGINEER's response. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS. All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All drawings and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. C 05/2008 00700-5 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the ENGINEER shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four(4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 05/2008 00700-6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the ENGINEER to discover, object to or condemn any non- conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR; otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 05/2008 00700-7 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall determine all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or-ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 05/2008 00700-8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the 7N, CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 —Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 —Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 05/2008 00700-9 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he (°"*.\ will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. 4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. C 05/2008 00700- 10 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such rb` worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to object to any proposed subcontractor. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 05/2008 00700- 11 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste, and at the completion of the Work, he shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, and also his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the (1"'s, methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. 7\. 05/2008 00700- 12 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall make all (1.6\ submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4.18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test 05/2008 00700- 13 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the (00-, CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Plans and Specifications or the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions 05/2008 00700- 14 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is (1111*\ to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods instant to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and all other persons, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 05/2008 00700- 15 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (a.**\' No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices will be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities will be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8)hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. (1.11.\' 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the 05/2008 00700- 16 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or 76\1 withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF - ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, 05/2008 00700- 17 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING 7\' FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE: (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR • EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, 7 GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury, death, or property injury. This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. (11. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual 05/2008 00700- 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be 76\ sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by any act or neglect of the OWNER, the ENGINEER, or any employee of either, by other contractors employed by the OWNER, by any approved change in the Work, by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER 05/2008 00700- 19 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of CI"\ any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION. The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein contains 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per deim" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER, or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. (.16\ 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the 05/2008 00700-20 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable (1",, time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that a breach of this Contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be 7°`, required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten(10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum, the following data: A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL: Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due �s�► to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT 05/2008 00700-21 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Plans, Specifications or Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered,unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Specifications, Plans and Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences, unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, the Plans and Specifications and other Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as (.111 \ interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the 05/2008 00700-22 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, for the material actually used and services actually performed; however, the OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or (10".\,, any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for 05/2008 00700-23 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that (11111'\ CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and.Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable • retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6.08 FINAL PAYMENT." The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above-stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to 05/2008 00700-24 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with (1.1\ the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete". Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and shall prepare a detailed list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK,NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as: (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents; (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive fmal payment; 05/2008 00700-25 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER; (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction; (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools, temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's Club\ satisfaction; (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by CONTRACTOR; (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion; and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 05/2008 00700-26 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within a reasonable time after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship, to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable (/"*N. by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied; (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (f) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; 05/2008 00700-27 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. (111 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the \ CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. 7.02 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the 05/2008 00700-28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the (1.1\' amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non-Work Day. 7.03 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7.04 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work under the direction of the ENGINEER when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change (.16"\, Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method(A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or Method(B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method(C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus: a) for subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent(10%) for the subcontractor plus 5% for the General Contractor or b) For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed five percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto. In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and 05/2008 00700-29 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents,plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the OWNER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. (.16", 7.05 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions ' of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which 05/2008 00700-30 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 8.0 DEFAULT 7", 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of 05/2008 00700-31 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following (ink' elective manners: (a) The. OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the to."", CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR 05/2008 00700-32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and (1.1"\, there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES. If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS-DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts (01', which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 05/2008 00700-33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT C"'"'*\. 8.05INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law. Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 05/2008 00700-34 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially competed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder. 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 05/2008 00700-35 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. If a claim, dispute or other matter in question.between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. (.16\. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 05/2008 00700-36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: Cuong Le telephone: 281. 652.1682 ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, (I°*\ Article 4.6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is not required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BIDDER is Required to provide this equipment and include this cost in the Bid. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide a Field Office, but is required to provide an Air card defined for intemet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. 09/2007 00800- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor will not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. END OF SECTION 09/2007 00800-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (111111\ 07/2006 00811 - 1 of 1 Table 00811-A General Decision Number: TX100054 04/01/2011 TX54 rersee d General Decision Number: TX20080054 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy County: Brazoria County in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Including Water and Sewer Lines (Does Not Include Flood Control) Modification Number Publication Date 0 03/12/2010 1 08/13/2010 2 01/07/2011 3 04/01/2011 * SFTX0669-001 04/01/2011 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) $ 25.40 16.00 SUTX2005-018 05/18/2005 Rates Fringes Carperter $ 14.38 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER $ 11.37 1.13 ELECTRICIAN $ 18.40 1.34 Formbuilder/Formsetter $ 9.83 1. 69 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 11.29 0.00 Laborers: Common $ 8.99 1.25 Landscape $ 7.35 0.00 Mason Tender Cement $ 9.96 0.00 Pipelayer $ 9. 63 1.50 PIPEFITTER $ 17.00 0.04 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Backhoe $ 12.74 0.00 Bulldozer $ 12.46 0.00 Crane $ 11.00 0.74 Excavator $ 16.74 0.00 Front End Loader $ 10.47 1.28 Grader $ 12.20 1.48 riv,, Tractor $ 11.29 1.45 TRUCK DRIVER $ 14.42 1.00 /1 • 1 1.5,d L. V1✓ WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing OftTation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii) ) . In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter rlconformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2. ) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1. ) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7) . Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the 1 •. „ 1 1 , 1 I, rl I1 • 1 Ifl,tr r A 1 1 1 n,n l In n 11 iu5v✓ V/J interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3. ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) . Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION 111111 , .. ,, , , , , ,, ,-, ,, • , ,m<>r. 11 ,„,,,, ,,.,., , CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK (11.1'‘ Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Clear Creek Mitigation Area: Work of the contract is for the construction of a fill mitigation area on Clear Creek to mitigate the fill in the 100-year flood plain resulting from the improvements/widening of State Highway(SH) 35 by TxDOT. The mitigation area would be located on the northeastern corner of City of Pearland owned property located west of Mykawa Road between Clear Creek(in the south) and Beltway 8 (in the north) as shown on plans. The mitigation area is approximately 150 feet wide,440 feet long and 5 feet deep with 4H:1 V side slopes. The excavated area shall be hydromulch seeded. A 24-inch HDPE culvert, approximately 108-feet long would be used to drain the mitigation area into the adjacent TxDOT ditch. Rip-rap would be constructed at the outfall location of the 24-inch pipe. The Contractor shall adhere to the recommendations and requirements of the Geotechnical Investigation Report included as Attachment (CD). The Construction zone shall not encroach into the wetlands delineated/identified in the Wetland Delineation Report included as Attachment (CD). No additional payment will be made for the materials haul off and disposal, include the cost in the unit price for excavation. The following additional permits are required for the construction of Clear Creek Mitigation Area: Grading Permit for Excavation from City of Houston, and storm culvert discharge permit and construction access permit from TxDOT. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and/or maintaining the required permits,and for compliance with the permit requirements. The payment for Permits is on lump sum basis as shown in Section 00300-Bid Proposal,under Allowances. B Hickory Slough Mitigation Area: Work of the contract is for the construction of a fill mitigation area on Hickory Slough to mitigate the fill in the 100-year flood plain resulting from the improvements/widening of State Highway(SH) 35 by TxDOT. The mitigation area will be located just north of the McHard Road crossing at Hickory Slough on the northern banks of Hickory Slough within the Brazoria Drainage District 4 (BDD4) easement. The northern bank of Hickory Slough above the ordinary high water mark would be excavated widening the channel for a length of approximately 1000 feet as shown on plans. The side slope on the channel is 4H:1 V,with a 16 to 13-foot wide grass lined maintenance berm. No additional payment will be made for 06/2009 01100-1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK made for the materials haul off and disposal,include the cost in the unit price for excavation. The Contractor is required to adhere to the recommendations and requirements of the Geotechnical Investigation Report and the USACE Permit included as Attachment(CD). The Construction zone shall not encroach into the wetlands delineated/identified in the Wetland Delineation Report /USACE Permit included as Attachment (CD). The wetlands boundary identified in the Wetland Delineation Report shall be staked and protected using orange barricade fence and signage along the construction zone. The Contractor shall include the cost for staking the wetland boundary,fencing(using orange barricades), signage and other work associated with the protection of wetlands in the lump sum unit price for `Protection of Wetlands'. Construction work below the ordinary high water mark elevation shall be in accordance with the USACE Nationwide Permit. The flow is to be maintained through construction of the mitigation area and the low water crossing by Contractors means and methods. The Contractor is to submit the proposed method of flow diversion/diversion pumping for approval as per the provisions of Section 01350. The payment for flow diversion/maintenance of continuous flow in the channel is lump sum as shown in Section 00300-Bid Proposal. Hickory Slough has continuous flow. The flow is to be maintained through construction of the mitigation area and the low water crossing by Contractors means and methods. The Contractor is to submit the proposed method of flow diversion/diversion pumping for approval as per the provisions of Section 01350. The payment for flow diversion/maintenance of continuous flow in the channel is lump sum as shown in Section 00300-Bid Proposal. The existing earthen swales along the Hickory Slough mitigation area, discharging into Hickory Slough will be maintained during construction and restored following construction. The payment for this work is on lump sum basis as shown in Section 00300-Bid Proposal,under Allowances. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and/or maintaining the required permits,and for compliance with the permit requirements. The payment for Permits is on lump sum basis as shown in Section 00300-Bid Proposal,under Allowances. C Low Water Crossing at Hickory Slough Mitigation Area: Work of the contract is for the construction of a low water crossing at Hickory Slough to facilitate access from southern bank (from Mykawa Road) to the northern bank of Hickory Slough for the purpose of maintenance by Brazoria Drainage District 4 (BDD4). The crossing would have 4 48-inch RCP culverts. The crossing is 32 feet wide with 20-foot wide access road. Construction work below the ordinary high water mark elevation shall be in accordance with the USACE Nationwide Permit. 06/2009 01100-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK D Computer Equipment: The Contractor is required to provide computer equipment as per Section 13730. This includes but not limited to providing a lap top with an air card for internet access. 1.03 WORK COVERED BY OTHERS-NA 1.04 WORK COVERED BY THE OWNER-NA 1.05 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS-NA 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE-NA 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of right- of-way as specified in Section 01140- Contractor's.Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. C No field office is required for this project. City of Pearland offices shall be used for project administrative operations, progress meetings and on-site storage of project files and plans. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict,and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer. B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS-Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION 06/2009 01100-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES CIIlk\ Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2 Section 01730—Cutting &Patching 3 Section 01555—Traffic Control&Regulation 4 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720—Field Surveying 6 Section 02980—Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770—Curbs, Curb &Gutter, &Headers 8 Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, &Embankment Materials 9 Section 02922—Sodding 10 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding (7, 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access,operations,and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements,at Contractor's cost,for temporary use of private properties,in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 02/2008 01140-1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). B Means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. D Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner. 1.05 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously. B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights-of-ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting &Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours,72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. 02/2008 01140-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact,who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be "taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. - G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 —Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.08 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner. B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt,debris,scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day. D Promptly remove barriers,signs,and components of other control systems that are no longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section CF"'N, 01562—Waste Material Disposal. 02/2008 01140-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.09 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980— Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs, gutters, and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Engineer. C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner. Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved,in accordance with Section 02922—Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 -Hydromulch Seeding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01140-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.(CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal rb\ shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools, equipment,plant,transportation,services,and incidentals;and erection,application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer,if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section.01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures,using proposals and construction contract modifications,Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order,Time and Materials Change Order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents C Other References: 1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment(Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Original Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7.03 "Extra Work". 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products,rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site,the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor- owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders". 02/2008 01290-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with' supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications.The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300- Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER fl A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as specified in this Section, 1.04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time". D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders,Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION l 02/2008 01290-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS ( Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100—Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. Clib\ 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives,Consultants,Contractor,and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5. Discussion of required Submittals,including,but not limited to,Work Plans,Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8. Review of Subcontractors. 9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10. Procedures for testing. 11. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings,and recording minutes. D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310-2 of 3 • CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of Construction Schedule,Applications for Payment,payroll and compliance submittals. 3. Field observations,problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7. Review status of Change Orders. 8. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9. Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15. Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications,refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES • A Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings,Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer's Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01310—Coordination &Meetings 2. Section 01630—Product Options &Substitutions 3. Section 01100—Summary of Work 4. Section 01380—Construction Photographs 5. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment.after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop,a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction,resubmission and final review of all submittals.The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans,Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is (.116\, responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of 01/2008 01350- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re- Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix(i.e.,2A for first Re-Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re-Submittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video". C Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2"x 11",plain bond,white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300—Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts,Mobilization,Bonds,and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five(5)percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications,Change Orders,and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be,at a minimum,a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the.Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted,if approved by the Engineer. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations,each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components,these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope,these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased,when they are to be delivered,and when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. 7. A Billing Schedule(tabulation of the estimated monthly billings)for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re-submittal of the Construction Schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. ' Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b. Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale,and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Technical Specification. 4. For products specified only by reference standard,submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words"or approved equal",submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630-Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04"Selection Options"and 1.07 "Substitution Procedures". 7. For products that are neither Pre-Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Engineer or Owner. C Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 1 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification;one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification,submit manufacturers'printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers'instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380—Construction Photographs. 1. Prints: Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directy to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 1. Prior to the commencement of any construction,take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs: Two prints, color, matte finish; 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3. Th photographs shall show: a. Date photographs were taken b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph of by a label on the mountings.) 4. Photographs should show the confition of the following a. Eslpanades and boulevards b. Yards (near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1. On completion of construction,provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760—Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions,gradations,and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION (1.uP6.' 01/2008 01350-7 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 • CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100—Summary of Work 2. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. (11.1\' B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. C Prepare three(3)prints of each view and submit two(2) prints directly to the Project Manager within seven(7) days of taking photographs. One(1)print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer. E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections,submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submittal,include photographic negatives in protective envelopes,identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 01/2008 01380- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD. B The photographs shall show on a non-elective chalkboard or white board,readable in the photograph: 1. Job number. 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number. C Indicate the condition of the following: 1. Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street). 3. House-walk and sidewalk. 4. Curb. 5. Area between walk and curb. ^� 6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.). 7. Date shall be on negative. 8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information: 1. Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer (if a professional photographer is used). 3. Name of the Contractor. 4. Date the photograph was taken. 5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three-ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 1 01/2008 01380-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS(l'imr6 3.02 POST-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work,take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time-lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 7\: 01/2008 01380-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit,MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue,Eighth Floor Chicago,IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma,WA 98411 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood-Preservers'Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami,FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue,N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 (11.1\ FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion.Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy,TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers'Association 2101 L Street,N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park,P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago,IL 60606 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P. O. Box 13087 Austin,TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East l lth Street Austin, TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street—Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P.O. Box 12157 Austin,TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner. ribN' B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation,quality of workmanship,start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation,as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 01430-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager. C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. Submit report within one(1)day of observation to Project Manager for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01430-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES Section 01440 OBSERVATION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Observation services and references. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee inspections,tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. (11.1'\ B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager,Engineer,and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer;furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 09/2009 01440-1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1. 1 1 Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, "Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select,employ;and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing laboratory, with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following: 1. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi-rigid sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation 2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner. 3. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. 4. Cores to test for thickness. 5. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience. 6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 04/2008 01450- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager. 1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Engineer. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested;to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 04/2008 01450-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES (11.16\ 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329,as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION 04/2008 01450-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities, safety requirements,first aid equipment,fire protection,security measures,protection of the Work and property,access roads and parking,environmental controls,disposal of trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications: Section 01350—Submittals Section 01100—Summary of Work Section 01600—Material &Equipment Section 01555—Traffic Control&Regulation C Referenced Standards: (61.6\ Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas D Definitions: Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures-existing buildings,structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to buildings,tanks,walls,bridges,roads,dams,channels,open drainage,piping,poles, wires,posts, signs,markers,curbs,walks,guard cables,fencing,and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. (11w, 08 2011 01500- 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. C Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. D Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. E Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. F Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel,power,light,heat/air conditioning,high speed internet access and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants,obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor, Owner, and Owner's Representative personnel. 08 2011 01500-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Electricity and Lighting Provide electric power service as required for the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting,operation of the Contractor's equipment,or for any other use by Contractor. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain plant operations during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. D Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. E Telephone and Internet Access Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. Provide and pay for high speed internet access for use by Construction Manager and Project inspection personnel as well as CONTRACTOR'S own supervisory and (�` management personnel. \_ F Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site,in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit-type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off-site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. G Furnishings Field Office shall be appointed so as to accommodate CONTRACTOR'S field management staff and OWNER'S Construction Manager and Field Inspectors. Field office shall provide a separate locking work"office" area for the Construction Manager complete with desk top work surface and a minimum of two office chairs. Work area shall provide private access to high speed internet access. Provisions shall be made to accommodate regularly scheduled progress meetings for project management members from CONTRACTOR, OWNER, 08 2011 01500-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and INSPECTOR(S). Such provisions shall fl include a meeting room large enough to support a meeting table and seating for up to ten people. 1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600—Material& Equipment. 1.07 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation,embankment,and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal, state and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Work. C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act(Art. 5182a,V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act,published in OSHA Standards-29 CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970,and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten (10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. 08 2011 01500-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first-aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.08 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.09 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. Provide portable fire extinguishers,rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. • 1.10 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing. 082011 01500-5of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area,for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Take precautions,provide programs,and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft,breakage, or otherwise. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. Frequently clean up refuse,rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment,privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission,neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place,furnish and erect barricades,fences,lights,warning signs,and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555—Traffic Control &Regulation. C Preserving Control Points 08 2011 01500-6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND.CONTROLS Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing,replace at no cost to the Owner those that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720—Field Surveying. D Tree and Plant Protection. Protect trees,shrubs,lawns,outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 — Tree &Plant Protection. E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location,to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is damaged,broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. 76\ Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents,the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work,which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties,or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the 08 2011 01500-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS immediate vicinity of existing structures,pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of fl five (5) working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused,to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 1.13 PROTECTION OF THE WORK Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of the Work. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.14 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic. C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate,provide additional off-site parking. Locate as approved by Engineer. G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.15 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods,equipment,and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. 08 2011 01500-8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B Comply with statutes,regulations,and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969,PL 91- 190,Executive Order 11514. C Provide,install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to temporary construction entrances, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. Provide standard landscape maintenance of temporary facilities, including but not limited to:maintenance of lawns,vegetation and,if necessary irrigation of landscape plantings.Mow and otherwise maintain all areas under Contractor's control or use in proximity of the work or temporary facilities. D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.16 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site,and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state,and local laws and regulations. 1.17 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Project Site or adjoining properties. (Ii‘1116' 08 2011 01500-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.18 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards - 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 1.19 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the provisions of Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.20 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work,the Project Site,or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564—Control of Ground Water & Surface Water and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION n 08 2011 01500- 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION (11.h.; Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. Referenced Standards: Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis. Include 50 percent of the cost of Mobilization in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: Schedule of Values (Section 01350—Submittals) Trench Safety Program, if required(Section 01570—Trench Safety System) Construction Schedule (Section 01350—Submittals) Pre-construction Photographs (Section 01380—Construction Photographs) Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) if required Installation and acceptance of Field Office and furnishings as defined in Section 01500,except as required by Section 00800,Special Conditions of the Agreement.including electrical power, water,parking areas and street access, telephone and internet services Delivery and acceptance of Computer equipment as defined in Section 13730, except as required by Section 00800, Special Conditions of the Agreement. Payment of the remaining 50 percent of the Contract Price for Mobilization is subject to completion of Temporary Facilities as specified in Section 01500, inclusive. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700-General Conditions of Agreement. 09/2011 01505- 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A Provide specified number of project identification sign(s) per Section 01580 The name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 2.02 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICE Temporary Field Office is not required for this project. 2.03 COMPUTER EQUIPMENT Provide required computer(lap top) with an air card for internet access per Section 13730- computer equipment, and Section 00800- Special Conditions of the Agreement. Computer equipment shall be delivered to the OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or INSPECTOR as designated for payment of initial 50%. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES A Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580, part 1.03, D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer. B Locate Temporary Field Office and ancillary facilities per Section 01500 and with ENGINEER'S and OWNER'S approval. Make submittal on location in Pre-Construction Meeting. END OF SECTION 09/2011 01505-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used during construction and until final development of the Project site. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 3. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion&Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric. C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section,2.02"Course Aggregates". 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A Provide woven or non-woven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632,geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack,mildew, and rot (jw and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. 02/2008 01550- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS D Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., Or-Equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone,gravel,concrete,crushed blast furnace slag,or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean,hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings,salt,alkali,dirt,clay,loam,shale,soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter. B Course aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Percent Retained (Square Mesh) (by Weight) 21/2" 0 2" 0-20 11 " 15 —50 3/" 60-80 No. 4 95 - 100 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment, Contractor shall provide stabilized construction exits at the construction, staging,parking,storage,and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove stabilized construction exits promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. E Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights-of-way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. 02/2008 01550-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 111111) F Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on-site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans. B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this Section. C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator \ to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil. Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags,gravel,boards,or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way,receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth. Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed,or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate,thickness,and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit,except where shown otherwise on the Plans. I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer. rt6N' 02/2008 01550-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 7 Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when approved by the Engineer. These methods include the following: 1. Cement-Stabilized Soil, Compacted cement-stabilized soil or other fill material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches. 2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge-to- edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches. 3. Steel Mats -Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members. END OF SECTION 02/2008 01550-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for traffic control plans,signs,signals,control devices,flares,lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic Cahn', Control and Regulation,including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Flaggers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer. C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. (1w, D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name,badge number,time start,time finish, and hours worked. 03/2008 01555- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS A Unless otherwise specified,use only Flaggers who are off-duty,regularly employed, uniformed Peace Officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi-lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single-lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross-walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. 7. When requested by Owner. C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS,SIGNALS,AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan. 03/2008 01555-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a.m.to 9:00 a.m.and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. Leave the area broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day. F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking,and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non-designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to Cib's guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul routes. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary,bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. 03/2008 01555-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats,angles,bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed: 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. C Repair damage caused by installation. D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION • 03/2008 01555-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 7`, Section 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of filter fabric fence to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fence is not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabric fence may be reinforced. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 4. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" b. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and (161**'. Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment,materials,supervision,and all incidental expenses for construction of these items,complete in place,including,but not limited to protection of trees,maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric. 03/2008 01560- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.0 PRODUCTS l 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM-D3786,and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fence as specified in this Section, 3.02F. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter fabric fence. Filter fabric fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches` If filter fabric is factory preassembled 03/2008 01560-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE (I/N"", with support netting,then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F Inspect filter fabric fence systems after each rainfall,daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION • 03/2008 01560-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER Section 01561 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of reinforced filter fabric barrier to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants in channelized flow areas. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion&Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" b. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for reinforced filter fabric barrier is on a linear foot basis between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts, measured, accepted, and complete in place. B Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items,complete in place,including,but not limited to protection of trees,maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction.. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 05/2008 01561 -1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM - D4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM-D3786,and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. B Welded wire shall be galvanized, 2-inch by 4-inch, welded wire fabric, 12 V2 gauge. 2.03 EXECUTION 2.04 PREPARATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric barrier. Unless otherwise directed,maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 1562—Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 05/2008 01561 -2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER (.116..\ 2.05 INSTALLATION A Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the Project Site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. B Provide reinforced filter fabric barrier in accordance with the Plan detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Reinforced filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that runoff will percolate through the system and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. C Trench in the toe of the reinforced filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Reinforced filter fabric barrier shall have a height of 18 inches. E Securely fasten the filter fabric to the wire with tie wires. F Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. G Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during C.16\ periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION • 05/2008 01561 -3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation 3. Section 01600—Materials &Equipment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — (Ink' B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners,along with a description of the property,prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information: 1. Schedule for collection and inspection. 2. Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 07/2006 01562- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.0 EXECUTIONS 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. F When temporary, on-site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600—Materials &Equipment. 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off-site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area,compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. D If sediment has been contaminated,it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL,WASTE,AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation,rubble,broken concrete,debris,asphaltic concrete pavement,excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage,shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. B Dispose of removed equipment,materials,waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1.03D. 07/2006 01562-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL rib\ D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01562-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 71.\ Section 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tree and plant protection. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage,branch,trunk,or root damage that could result from construction operations. B Prevent following types of damage: 1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage. 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations,material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts. 4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline,paint, and other noxious materials. 5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6. Damage from lack of water due to: Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete,plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. C. Confine Work activities to the identified Work Zone, Right of Way or Easement as described in SECTION 01140, CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES, Limits of Construction 1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A When trees,other than those designated for removal,are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations,remove and replace with same size,species,and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Trees larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety 74\ and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following 01/2008 01563- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue,free from kerosene and coal creosote. B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed,all trees and shrubs within the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage. B For designated trees to be removed,perform the following: 1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below. C For trees or shrubs to remain,perform the following: 1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline) by construction activities. 01/2008 01563-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside dripline of trees. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will reniain to maintain their health during construction period. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a week in months receiving below average rainfall. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. 6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission, trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area: 1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, not closer than 4 feet to trunk of trees or stems of shrubs. ($11111 `, 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use moveable posts constructed from concrete-filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in rubber auto tires filled with concrete. 4. Mount steel hog-wire on posts. B Timber-wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical equipment and construction work: 1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap. 2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth,improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 01/2008 01563-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2. When tree must be replaced,the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on / date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner's inspection, for no less than one year. 3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01563-4 of 4 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering,depressurizing,draining,and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems 4. Section 01565—TPDES Requirements 5. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation ("1\ E Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) 3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas 4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI) F Definitions: 1. Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering and depressurization. a. Dewatering-lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations;reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material;prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. b. Depressurization-reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. 2. Surface Water Control- diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. 3. Excavation Drainage-keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 02/2008 01564- 1 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the area requiring ground water control. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for control of ground water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control non-pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such controls. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following: 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement,location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells,monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations. 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 02/2008 01564-2 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3.02 "Requirements for Eductor,Well Points, or Deep Wells". 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations,piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning(abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and Ilse. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 -Trench Safety Systems of these Technical Specifications, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures,utilities, installed facilities; and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches,berms,pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 02/2008 01564-3 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells,or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. ^ , B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES),for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565— TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements". D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566 —Source Controls for Erosion&Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review 02/2008 01564-4 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06 "Operations and Maintenance Data". B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices,such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers,piezometric pressures,and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water-bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B. B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. 02/2008 01564-5 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling,dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced,such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system,including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR,WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system,include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations,but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan are satisfied. 02/2008 01564-6 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A. G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained, stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following methods or combination of methods: 1. Sump pumping in combination with: a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric. b. Sand and gravel drains. 2. Wells for ground water control. B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321,placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. (11.1\ 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady CI''` conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 02/2008 01564-7 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches,curb walls,pipes,sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B. END OF SECTION 02/2008 01564-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Description of the required documentation to be prepared and signed by the Contractor before conducting construction operations,in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit as issued March 5, 2003 by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Section 26.040 of the Texas Water Code. B Contractor's responsibility for implementation,maintenance,and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including,but not limited to,erosion and sediment controls,storm water management plans,waste collection and disposal,off- site vehicle tracking,and other practices shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in this or other Technical Specifications. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 3. Section 01770—Contract Closeout D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) E Other References: 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)found in Appendix A of these Technical Specifications. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used Clubs\ 01/2008 01565-1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIRED NOTICES A The Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent(NOI) attached in Appendix A. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to the Owner. The Owner will complete the Owner's Notice of Intent attached in Appendix A and will submit both notices to the TCEQ. Submission of the NOI is required by both the Owner and the Contractor before construction operations start. B Upon completion of construction and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Termination (NOT) attached in Appendix A. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A On the Operator's Information form attached in Appendix A, the Contractor shall complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B The Owner will complete and sign the Owner's Certification, shown in Appendix A and provide a copy to the Contractor for inclusion with other project certification forms. C The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached in Appendix A. D The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form, attached in Appendix A. E The Contractor's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction. F Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction in accordance with Section 01310 — Coordination &Meetings. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date the Work is accepted by the Owner. B At Contract Closeout,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP, in accordance with Section 01770— 01/2008 01565-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Contract Closeout. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by Owner for a period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner. 3.04 POSTING OF NOTICES A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner: 1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and a brief Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project Site, as given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles,instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3. In an easily visible location on Project Site,post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel. 5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at Contractor's office. END OF SECTION (1/111 01/2008 01565-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Descriptions of measures and practices, in response to TPDES General Permit TXR 150000, which shall be used on the Work to eliminate or significantly minimize pollutants in discharges into Surface Water in the State by controlling erosion and sediments at their source. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01550—Stabilized Construction Exit 2. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls C Definitions: 1. Potential Water Pollutant- any substance that could potentially alter the physical, thermal, chemical, or biological quality of the Surface Water in the State, rendering the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans, animal life, vegetation, or property, or to public health, safety or welfare, or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose. 1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this Technical Specification. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control (1.1\ measures and practices that operate effectively and as specified in the Plans and in this or other Technical Specifications. 07/2006 01566- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION n D Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of the limits of construction or dedicated rights-of-way and easements. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. E The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing, hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, waste materials, and contaminated material resulting from erosion and sediment control measures as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.02 EXPOSED SOIL A When soil is exposed as a result of clearing,grading,excavating,stockpiling,or other soil disturbing activities, the Contractor shall implement measures to effectively control erosion and prevent the escape of sediments from the Project Site. B Control measures may include the following practices: 1. Preserve existing vegetation to the extent possible. 2. Construct drainage swales, berms, or sediment basins. 3. Maintain grades to minimize the velocity of sheet flow over disturbed areas and promote evaporation and infiltration of storm water directly into the ground. 4. Install filter fabric fences or barriers, sediment traps, seepage basins, gabions, or storm drain inlet protection devices. 5. Utilize vegetative buffer strips, mulching, or riprap C When the placement of topsoil,bank sand, or other soil material is specified, after an area has been brought to grade and immediately prior to placement, loosen the subgrade discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding to the subsoil. D When all soil disturbing activities have been completed, establish a perennial vegetative cover on all areas that are not paved, covered by permanent structures, or otherwise permanently stabilized. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A Implement control measures to minimize dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on-site and off-site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following measures: 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover. 3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4. Irrigation by water sprinkling. 07/2006 01566-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. C Implement dust control measures immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the Project Site. 3.04 DEMOLITION AREAS A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other potential water pollutants shall use methods described in this Section,3.03"Dust Control",to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or potential water pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems by the appropriate use of control measures described in this Section. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.05 SEDIMENT TRACKING A Minimize off-site tracking of sediments and the generation of dust by construction vehicles,keeping the streets clean or construction debris and mud, by implementing (61.16\' one or more of the following control measures: 1. Restrict all ingress and egress to stabilized construction exits. 2. Stabilize areas used for staging,parking, storage or disposal. 3. Stabilize on-site vehicle transportation routes. 4. Remove mud and other debris, washing if necessary, from vehicles prior to entrance onto public roadways from the Project Site. 5. Maintain grade to minimize the occurrence of mud on the Project Site. B Construct stabilized construction areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. C In addition to Stabilized Construction Exits shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean. Water-hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 3.06 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A Control equipment maintenance and repair so that oils,gasoline,grease,solvents,and other potential water pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. B Control measures may include the following practices: 1. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose. 2. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. 07/2006 01566-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3. Clean and inspect maintenance and repair areas daily. 4. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 5. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 6. Place plastic matting,packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 7. Isolate areas of contaminated soil or other materials to facilitate proper removal and disposal. C Where effective control measures are not feasible,equipment shall be taken off-site for maintenance and repair. 3.07 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A Conduct operations in conformance with the plan provided in Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal and utilize such control measures,described in this Section,as may be necessary to eliminate or significantly reduce the discharge of possible water pollutants from the Project Site as a result of waste collection and disposal. B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day. Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.08 WASHING AREAS A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Preventative measures may include the following practices: 1. Designate special areas for washing vehicles. 2. Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. 3. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. B Construct washing areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. 3.09 STORAGE AND USAGE OF POTENTIAL WATER POLLUTANTS A Store and use potential water pollutants such as pesticides,fertilizers,distillate fuels, lubricants, solvents, cements, paints, acids, caustics, and other toxic substances in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines, Material Safety Data Sheets, and with local, state, and federal regulations. 07/2006 01566-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION B Isolate these substances in areas where they are to be stored,opened or used such that they will not cause pollution of runoff from the Project Site. Preventative measures may include the following practices: 1. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 2. Store containers on raised platforms. 3. Place plastic matting,packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 4. Provide protective cover or weather proof enclosure. 5. Minimize accidental spillage. 6. Keep containers tightly closed. 7. Periodically inspect containers for leakage. 8. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 9. Provide berms,filter fabric fences or barriers, or sediment basins. 10. Designate washing areas for containers and other items that have come in contact with potential water pollutants. C Avoid overuse of substances such as pesticides and fertilizers which could produce contaminated runoff. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with (111111. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls,and applicable health regulations. B Control areas where sanitary facilities are located so that sewage or chemicals will not be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems by using one or more of the following measures. 1. Inspect the facilities daily. 2. Service the facilities as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness and prevent overflows. 3. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate 4. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area END OF SECTION 07/2006 01566-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) E Definitions: 1. Trench. A narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the (1"1",. width of a trench (measured at the bottom)is not greater than 15 feet. 2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. 3. Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. a. Protective System: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. b. Shoring System: A structure, which supports the sides of an excavation, to prevent cave-ins, maintain stable soil conditions, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. c. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Plans. 4. Competent Person- one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. 07/2006 01570- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot basis,measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for trench safety systems includes payment for manholes and other line structures. B Unless indicated in as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for shoring systems under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems. C If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as a separate Bid Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench excavation is on a square foot basis, measured and completed in place. D Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench safety system used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation. E Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost in applicable Sections. F Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation,excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Trench Safety Plan to be in accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. Include in the plan, submittal of the contact information for the Competent Person C Have Shop Drawings for trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the Contractor. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations,Trenching, and Shoring,OSHA Standards—29 CFR,Part 1926,Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these Technical Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926.650—652. 07/2006 01570-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM B A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P — "Excavations"from the Federal Register Vol. 54,No.209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C Include in the Trench Safety Program measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause, Section 5.(a)(1), of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970—20 USC 654 which states,"Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." D Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated,by reference,into these specifications. Under Texas Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C. TRENCH SAFETY. E Reference materials,if developed for this Work,will be issued by the Engineer along with the Bid Documents, including the following: 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.05 INDEMNIFICATION A Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages,costs(including,without limitation,legal fees,court costs, and the cost of investigation),judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. C Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA (t111‘\ Standards—29 CFR. 07/2006 01570-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM B Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. C Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans. D Obtain verification from a Competent Person,defined in this Section and as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre- manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA Standards—29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the Work. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01570-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS (1/1"\, Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B. Installation. C. Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization. B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current,payment will be made by change order. C. Skid-mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post-mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post- mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer,payment will be made by change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post-mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B. Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company. D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre-construction Meeting. , 1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the Csak\f construction site. 05/2007 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification sign. 3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site. 4. Sign Relocation: As work progresses at each site,it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer. E. Alternate Skid-mounted Sign Construction: Post-mounted signs are preferred, but skid-mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid-mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering,if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new. 1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND. 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4. Fasteners: a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer. c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B. Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade, fast-drying, oil-based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. 05/2007 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS (Ow, Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather-protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D. Colors: Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre-construction Meeting or as described in part 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C. Erect sign level and plumb. D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E. Erect sign so that the topedge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing g g grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION 05/2007 01580-3 — '') 1 kV FirstImpression / , Designers & Manufacturers of Diversified Signage / 8315 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE PEARLAND TEXAS 77584 ,/ 281-648-5500 281-648-4648 FAX www.firstimpressionsign.com CITY ,, CITY oF PEARLAND LOGO PROJECT: PROJECT FOR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS City of Pearland Capital Improvement / _ , :° I , PROJECT NO. X)U(XX ADDRESS: F;.t. I .•, FOB Shop PROJECT SCHEDULE: XX)0( )00( )0 )0( )0X CITY/STATE: ' :"?it 1 — , > . , Pearland, Texas BUDGET: $)(XX,)C)O(,)OO( ... .. (r.,I ..) 1;;fJ.zi:I. '.t,r%"t DATE: 11 .20.09 ,.i `'''I"` ARCHITECT: ) )(XX X)(XX)( )C)OOO( FILENAME: '.:0.• ., , - :);: ' 5 'L, =� : • = city of pearland capital improvement bi. mod. . •. ' rl - CONTRACTOR: XXX)(XXXXX )00000000( THIS UNPUBLISHED DESIGN IS THE PROPERTY OF vvwvv.cityofpearland.com/projects FIRST IMPRESSION SIGN&DESIGN,INC.AND IS SUBMITTED FOR YOUR PERSONAL USE M CONNECTION WITH APROJECT WEARE PLANNING FOR YOU.IT ISNOTTO BEI IODFIED,COPED, - - - - --- --- - --'-------_— - . . - REPRODUCED,METED,DISSEMINATED,OR SHOWN TOANYONE OUTSIDE OF YOUR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION - • OF FIRST IMPRESSION SIGN&DESIGN INC.VIOLATION OFTHEABOVE d pf ENTITLES FIRST IMPRESSION TO COLLECTFEESFORARTAND Description: `�� 19 STAFFTIME FROMTHE CUSTOMER. Single sided 1/2" MArine Grade MDO plywood with alkyd enamel finishes. .::..nil.--1!,`' a (INITIALS) Computer cut premium vinyl lettering PEARLAND TA S 120 VOLT ELECTRICAL SERVICECLIENT TO PROVIDE ALL PRIMARY ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO THE SIGN Digital full color print logo Fsp ta`.d UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. Install on two 4"x4" treated posts at 24" minimum depth. CLIENT APPROVAL Current City Logo CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion&Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material,equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment,designated to be removed,except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the Owner. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. Owner's use of premises. • C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. J C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials,and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager. F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks,streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers'unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet (.186`, to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials maybe distributed alongthe route of construction at g any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION C;- 07/2006 01600-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes,including pre- approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means,materials,equipment,or systems incorporated into the Work.Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production,fabrication,conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re-use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre-approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as"pre-approved". Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal". Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350—Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre-approved Products. C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible,provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer,make, or source. Where more (1111`,. than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 07/2006 01630- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a judgment. C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications,the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen(14) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 07/2006 01630-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION C 07/2006 01630-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING (111111'‘ Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for surveyors and surveys. B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer. (11.6\. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 1.06 EXAMINATION A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 07/2006 01720- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner-provided survey and indicated on Plans. B Locate and protect survey control points,including property corners,prior to starting site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points during construction. C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged; control points. Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control point(s). D Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. E Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. F Any re-staking of control points lost,disturbed,or damaged by Contractor's operations will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense. G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing,disturbed,or damaged monumentation. 1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C Establish and record in survey notes elevations,lines and levels to provide quantities required for Measurement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Mounumented Baseline. D Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01720-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING Section 01730 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cutting, patching and fitting of Work to existing facilities, or to accommodate installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or to uncover Work for access, inspection or testing. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01630—Product Options &Substitutions 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — (111 Submittals. B Submit written notice to the Engineer requesting consent to proceed prior to cutting which may affect structural integrity or design function,Owner operations,or work of another contractor. C Include the following in submittal: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Description of affected Work. 3. Necessity for cutting. 4. Effect on other work and on structural integrity. 5. Include description of proposed Work: a. Scope of cutting and patching. b. Contractor, subcontractor or trade to execute Work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing. e. Schedule of operations. 6. Alternatives to cutting and patching, if any. D Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate change of materials or methods, submit a written recommendation to the Engineer including: 1. Conditions indicating change. 2. Recommendations for alternative materials or methods. 3. Submittals as required for substitutions in Section 01630—Product Options &Substitutions. 07/2006 01730- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING E Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time Work will be uncovered for observation. Do not begin cutting or patching operations until authorized by the Engineer. 1.04 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES A Perform construction necessary to complete connections and tie-ins to existing facilities. Keep all existing facilities in continuous operation unless otherwise specifically permitted in these Technical Specifications or approved by the Engineer. B Coordinate with the Engineer,interruption of service requiring connection into existing facilities. Bypassing of wastewater or sludge to waterways is not permitted. Provide temporary pumping facilities to handle wastewater if necessary. Use temporary bulkheads (e.g., inflatable plugs) to minimize disruption. Provide temporary power supply and piping to facilitate construction where necessary. C Submit a detailed schedule of proposed connections,including shut-downs and tie-ins. Include in the submittal the proposed time and date as well as the anticipated duration of the Work. Submit the detailed schedule coordinated with the construction schedule. 1. Provide specific time and date information to the Engineer 48 hours in advance of proposed Work. D Procedures and Operations: 1. The Contractor may operate existing pumps, valves and gates required for ' sequencing procedures only as directed by the Engineer. Do not operate any valve, gate or other item of equipment without permission of the Owner and the knowledge of the Engineer. 2. Insofar as possible,equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before final tie-ins are made to connect equipment to the existing facility. 3. Carefully coordinate Work and schedules. Provide written notice to the Engineer at least 48 hours before shut-downs or by-passes are required. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used. 3.0 EXECUTION A Perform activities to avoid interference with facility operations and the Work of others in accordance with Section 00700—General Conditions of the Agreement. B Execute cutting and patching, including excavation, backfill, and fitting to: 1. Remove and replace defective Work or Work not conforming to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 2. Take samples of installed Work as required for testing. 3. Remove construction required to provide for specified alteration or addition to existing Work. 4. Uncover Work to provide for inspection or reinspection of covered Work by the Engineer or regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 5. Connect any Work that was not accomplished in the proper sequence to completed Work. 07/2006 01730-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING ("1*N 6. Remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes which obstruct Work to which connections must be made. 7. Make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities. 8. Provide openings, channels,chases and flues, if any, and do cutting,patching and finishing. C Restore existing Work to a state equal to or better than that prior to cutting and patching. Restore new Work to standards of these Technical Specifications. D Support, anchor,attach,match,trim and seal materials to the Work of others. Unless otherwise specified, furnish and install sleeves, inserts, hangers, required for the execution of the Work. E Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to maintain structural integrity and protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting and patching. Before cutting beams or other structural members, anchors, lintels or other supports, request written instructions from the Engineer. Follow such instructions, as applicable. END OF SECTION (110‘,, (ollw 07/2006 01730-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01770—Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible". B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files,racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat,large,printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean,dry,and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all (11"11N actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances,referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original Plans. 6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set,provided by Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01760-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list,with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09 "Substantially Completed". 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work,the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 SITE WORK C'.*\ 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION Section 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing. B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash. C Removal of obstructions. D Excavation and fill. E Salvaging of designated item. F References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material 6. Section 02330—Embankment 7. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises G Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items.for which this Work is a component. B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit embankment material sources and product quality information in accordance this Section. 07/2006 02200- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. A Clear Project Site of trees,shrubs,and other vegetation,except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. B Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees designated to remain. C Completely remove stumps,roots,and other debris protruding through ground surface. 1. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 2. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface 3. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment D Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth,and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. E Complete operations by bulldozing,blading, and grading so that prepared area is free of holes, unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and preserve drainage of area. 1. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage,except in areas to be immediately excavated 07/2006 02200-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING A Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling. B Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to be further excavated. C Topsoil Stripping: 1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds,roots, leaves, and debris. 5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing,stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. D Topsoil Stockpiling: 1. Stockpile in areas designated on Plans. 2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 3. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 4. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to prevent erosion. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A Undercut, remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or as indicated on Plans. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable. B When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with"Structural Fill"and open areas not under structures or roadways with "General Fill", or as indicated on Plans. C Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330—Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A Items designated by Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed,so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard. (1116'' 07/2006 02200-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02200-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density(Unit Weight)Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures" b. ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Ma king and Curing Soil-Cem ent Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory" c. ASTM D 1633, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders" d. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classifica tion of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lum ps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Im purities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" j. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Lim it, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" k. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" 1. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice foiMaking and Curing Cbncrete Test Specimens in the Field" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as an Extra Item , no separate payment will be m ade for cement stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or structure installation. B If use of cem ent stabilized sand is allowe d,based onthe Engineer' s direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal asin Extra Item measurement will be on a (1111b\ per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 02/2009 02252- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS 'l A Make Submittals required by this Secti on under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include: 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate m aterial from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01 "Materials". 2. Three moisture-density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests in this Section, 1.03B1. Ble nds of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design mix testing. 3. Design mix report to m eet the specifications of this Section, 1.04 "Design Requirements". The design nix shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Design sand-cement mixture to produce a ninimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when conpacted to a minimum 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D 558 and whencured in accordance with ASTM D 1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633. Mix shall contain a rinimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Conpact mix with a nDisture content on the dry side of optimum. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150. B Sand shall be clean, durable, and m eet grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C 33 and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW , SP or SM by the United Soil Classif ication System of ASTM D 2487. 2. Deleterious material content: a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142. b. Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5.0 percent by ASTM C 123. c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard color by ASTM C 40 ASTM. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Fine aggregate, manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock m aterial in Secti on 02255 -Bedding, Backfill, and Em bankment Materials, may be used as a com plete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate fromcrushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined in the mix design report. 02/2009 02252-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D Water shall be potable, free of oils, acids, dlalies, organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A Thoroughly mix sand, cem ent and water in proportions of the m ix design using a pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place sand-cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM D 558,unless otherwis e specified on Plans. The m oisture content during corn paction shall be on the dry side of optim urn but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand-cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B Do not place or compact sand-cement mixture in standing or free water. (*lib\ 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be perf ormed periodically. Material sam ples will be obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 "Materials", if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production. Random samples of delivered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in accordance with ASTM 3665. Obtain three ixalividual samples of approximately 12 to 15 lb each from the first,middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into one sample for test purpose. D Prepare and m old four specim ens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with ASTM D558, Method A,without adjusting nmisture content. Samples will be rmlded at approximately same time material is being used,but no later than 4 hours after water is added to mix. E After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632. 02/2009 02252-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND F Specimens will be tested for conpressive strength in accordarne with ASTM D 1633, Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours. G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specim ens molded from same sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength will be average of strengths of all specirrmns molded during one day's production and tested at sanr age. H Precision and Bias: Test results shall m eet recommended guideline for precision in ASTM D 1633 Section 9. I Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum, the following information: 1. Supplier and plant number 2. Time material was batched 3. Time material was sampled 4. Test age (exact hours) 5. Average 48-hour strength 6. Average 7-day strength 7. Specification section number 8. Indication of compliance/non-compliance 9. Mixture identification 10. Truck and ticket numbers 11. The time of molding 12. Moisture content at time of molding 13. Required strength 14. Test method designations 15. Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633 16. Supplier mixture identification 17. Specimen diameter and height, in. 18. Specimen cross-sectional area, sq. in. J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. 3.03 ACCEPTANCE A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if: 1. The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual strength test below 70 psi. 2. All 7-day individual strength tests (averge of two specimens) are greater than or equal to 100 psi. B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test(average of two specim ens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3.04 Adjustment for Deficient Strength. C The material will be considered unacceptabl; and subject to removal and replacement at Contractors expense when individual strength test(average of two specimens)has 7-day strength less than 70 psi 02/2009 02252-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND (11111.' D When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi, discontinue shipment to project until plant is capable of producing mterial,which exceeds 100 psi at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no individual strength tests less than 100 psi. E Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor, Project Manager, and naterial supplier by facsimile of tests indicating results f alling below specified strength requirem ents within 24 hours. F If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength, Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in question in accordance with ASTM C42. In nth cases, three (3) cores shall be taken for each strength test that falls below the values given in 3.03.A. G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered satisfactory if the average ofthree (3) cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single core is less that 70 psi. Additional testing ofores extracted fom locations represented by erratic core strength results will be permitted. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi, then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full. B When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than or equal to 70 psi, material shall be accelted contingent on credit in paynnnt Compute credit by the following formula: Credit per Cubic Yard=$30.00 x 2 (100 psi -Actual psi) 100 C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square inch,then remove and replace cement-sand mixture and paving and other necessary work at no cost to City. END OF SECTION 02/2009 02252-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS (1.6\ Section 02255 BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A reference source for materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment,specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications,and their associated material qualification testing requirements. B Source qualifications and handling of these materials. C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical Specifications referencing materials either by Material Classification or by Product Description. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 02910—Topsoil 3. Section 02252—Cement Stabilized Sand E Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" b. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" e. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" f. ASTM D 1140, "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer the No. 200 (70-urn) Sieve" g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" h. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" i. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" 07/2007 02255- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. 1. Class I: Well-graded gravels and sands, gravel-sand mixtures, crushed well- graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity index: non-plastic. b. Gradation: D6o/Dlo - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200 sieve-less than or equal to 5 percent. 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines: a. Plasticity index: non-plastic to 4. b. Gradations: Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. Gradation(GM,SM): amount passing No.200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50 percent. c. Borderline gradations with dual classifications(e.g.,SP-SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve-between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay(GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index: greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No.200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50 percent. • 4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL). a. Plasticity Indexes: Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line. Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. b. Liquid limit: less than 50. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve- greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve- greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 07/2007 02255-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND per` EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1. Materials that are classified as ML,CL-ML,MH,PT,OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either gradation,plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with,for example, lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches,free of roots,waste, debris,trash,organic material,unstable material,non-soil matter,hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials: 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II,III, IV, or fat clay(CH), sand,gravel,or a combination,from excavation or borrow,which can be compacted to form stable embankments, and conforming to: 1. Liquid Limit: 65 maximum,ASTM-D4318. 2. Plasticity Index: 0 minimum,45 maximum, ASTM -D4318. 3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I,II,III,or IV,sand,gravel,or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to: 1. Liquid Limit: 45 maximum,ASTM D 4318. 2. Plasticity Index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. F Select Fill. Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with lime or cement, and conforming to: 07/2007 02255-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1. Plasticity Index: 7 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 2. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 3. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. G Concrete Fill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 -Topsoil. Bank Sand: Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System(ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent. b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No.4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 07/2007 02255-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND (111 EMBANKMENT MATERIALS Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small,smooth,rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 0 to 5 N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non-plastic fines. 3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No.4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex- 460-A,Part I. 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel,sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material,free from other substances such as asphalt,reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum(calcium sulfate), or debris. 7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E. PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE SIEVE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15" -8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60- 90 90— 100 100 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90— 100 3/8" - 20—55 40- 70 No. 4 0 - 5 0— 10 0 - 15 No. 8 - 0- 5 0 - 5 07/2007 02255-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable,provide from other approved source. B Identify off-site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products,furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval,has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is required to change to a different material. D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off-site �* sources. E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control,and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. C When stockpiling material near the Project Site,use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public streets. 07/2007 02255-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND. BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. END OF SECTION • 07/2007 02255-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL (1111'N FOR UTILITIES Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01570—Trench Safety System 4. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 5. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 7. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 8. Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 9. Section 02370—Geotextile 10. Section 02220—Site Demolition (1.111'\ 11. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications" b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures" d. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" e. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the-Sand-Cone Method" f. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" g. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils D Definitions: (1111.16' 1. Excavation - Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by removal of material. 07/2006 02318- 1 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a. Extra Hand Excavation- excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. b. Extra Machine Excavation- excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. c. Special Excavation-excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts, or other structures, not shown on Plans, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions,sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering, to preclude damage to the obstructions. 2. Pipe Foundation=suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Plans, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over- excavations. 3. Pipe Bedding-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 4. Haunching- the material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to spring-line of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 5. Initial Backfill - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from spring-line of pipe(top of haunching)up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 6. Pipe Embedment - the portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. 7. Trench Zone-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. 8. Trench Conditions - description of the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill,except where structural trench support is necessary. a. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. b. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. 1) Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. n 07/2006 02318-2 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2) Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. c. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances,such as sloughing,sliding,boiling,heaving or loss of density. 9. Sub-trench - a special case of benched excavation. Sub-trench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a sub-trench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. 10. Trench Dam - a placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. 11. Over-Excavation and Backfill - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Plans, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. 12. Foundation Backfill Materials - natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. 13. Trench Shield(Trench Box)-a portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench excavation, embedment, and backfill under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. B If Special Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place, without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item. 1. Payment for Special Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring, and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes,ducts,or structure. 07/2006 02318-3 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES d. Temporary disconnecting, plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes,to allow machine excavation or augering,when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Placement of material from Special Excavation. f. Geo-textile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of material from Special Excavation. g. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Special Excavation. h. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. C If Extra Hand Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Hand Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from Extra Hand Excavation. d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component.: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. D If Extra Machine Excavation is allowed,based on the Engineer's direction,and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Machine Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from extra machine excavation. d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Machine Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. 07/2006 02318-4 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL (� FOR UTILITIES b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. E Refer to Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from Extra Item Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction,.including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre-manufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Plans. C Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D Submit field red lines documenting location of Utilities as installed,referenced to survey Control Points,under the provisions of Section 01760—Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality,material sources,or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services and as.specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.06 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Special Shoring shall be, in accordance with Section 01570 — Trench Safety System, designed by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, At Contractor's expense. B Special Shoring shall be designed to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable,and to prevent ground 07/2006 02318-5 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures,pavements and utilities. C Special Shoring may be a pre-manufactured system or a field fabricated system that meets the requirements of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material. B Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. C Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02370—Geotextile. D Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. E Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use only hand-operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. D Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting,braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION • A Employ a Trench Safety Program as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures conform to Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. 07/2006 02318 -6 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 111111.\ C Remove existing pavements and structures,including sidewalks and driveways,to conform with requirements of Section 02220—Site Demolition, as applicable. D Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation prior to excavation. E Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation F Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 3.02 EXCAVATION A Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Plans,install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Plans. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 (01/11"\, inches. NOMINAL MINIMUM TRENCH PIPE SIZE,INCHES WIDTH,INCHES Less than 18 O.D. + 18 18 to 30 O.D. + 24 Greater than 30 O.D. + 36 D Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms,pipe,embedment and backfill, and other materials. E Upon discovery of unknown utilities,badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions,discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls.will remain fully laterally supported at all times. (111lb\ 07/2006 02318-7 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer,leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports,place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved,finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone,do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield(trench box)is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 3.03 TRENCH FOUNDATION A Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes,and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.04 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. 07/2006 02318-8 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Place Geotextile, if specified, to prevent particle migration from the in-situ into open- graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. C Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Plans. PVC&HDPE require cement stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement,or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free-fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls,or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. G Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small-diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted spaces, and vibratory-plate compactors or engine-powered jumping jacks in unrestricted spaces. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom,foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. 07/2006 02318-9 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES • c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes,and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.05 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting,leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches, or Bank Sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D For water lines,backfill in trench zone,including auger pits,with Bank Sand,Select Fill,or Random Fill material as specified in this Section. E For trench excavations under pavement,place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1. Bank Sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement Stabilized Sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3. Select Fill. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. 07/2006 02318- 10 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. F For trench excavations outside pavements,a Random Fill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 1. Fat clays (CH)may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved,the Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner,may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.06 MANHOLES,JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER.PIPELINE STRUCTURES A Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures,as shown on the Plans. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off-site stockpiles. b. On-site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C Provide excavation and Trench Safety Systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or (Irak' plasticity. 07/2006 02318-11 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture-density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F In-place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556,or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding,haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in-place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Re-compacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G Recondition,re-compact,and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For Cement Stabilized Sand with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re- compact slides,washouts, settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. 07/2006 02318- 12 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES END OF SECTION 7 07/2006 02318-13 of 13 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT (1111111'` Section 02330 EMBANKMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Construction of embankments with excess excavated material and borrow. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 4. Section 01570—Trench Safety System 5. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 6. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 7. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material 8. Section 02910—Topsoil 9. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 10. Section 01720—Field Surveying 11. Section 02220—Site Demolition 12. Section 02200—Site Preparation (11"L'`' 13. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards: 1. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" c. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" d. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Embankment under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If embankment is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. 07/2006 02330- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT B Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit field red lines documenting location of embankments as installed,referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. D Submit a Trench Safety Plan under the provisions of Section 01570—Trench Safety System that included measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause,Section 5.(a)(1),of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, "Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. B Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. C Borrow Material: Conform to requirements of intended use. Take borrow material from sources approved by Engineer. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify borrow and excess excavated materials to be reused, are approved. B Verify removals, and clearing and grubbing operations, have been completed. 07/2006 02330-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT C Verify backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures, below future grade, is complete. 3.02 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220—Site,Demolition, as applicable. E Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to placing embankment or opening borrow source. F Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation. G Backfill test pits, or stump holes and other surface irregularities such as small swales with embankment materials and compact in proper lift depths according to the compaction requirements of this Section. H Areas of unsuitable material shall be removed,backfilled with embankment materials and compacted in proper lift depths according to the compaction requirements of this Section. I Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.03 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Do not conduct placement operations during inclement weather or when existing ground or embankment materials exceed 3 percent of optimum moisture content. Contractor may manipulate wet material to facilitate drying,by disking or windrowing, at Contractor's expense. B Do not place embankment material until density and moisture content of previously placed material complies with specified requirements. C Scarify areas to receive embankment to a minimum depth of 4 inches to bond existing and new materials. Mix with first layer of embankment material. D Spread embankment material evenly,from dumped piles or windrows,into horizontal layers approximately parallel to finished grade. Place to meet specified compacted 07/2006 02330-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT thickness. Break clods and lumps and mix materials by blading,harrowing,discing,or other approved method. Each layer shall extend across full width of embankment. E Each layer shall be homogeneous and contain uniform moisture content before compaction. Mix dissimilar abutting materials to prevent abrupt changes in composition of embankment. F Layers shall not exceed depth as indicated on the Plans. G Where shown on Plans for steep slopes, cut benches into slope and scarify before placing embankment. Place increasingly wide horizontal layers of specified depth,to the level of each bench. H Build embankment layers on back slopes,adjacent to existing roadbeds,to level of old roadbed. Scarify top of old roadbed to minimum depth of four inches and re-compact with next layer. I Construct to lines and grades shown on Plans. 3.04 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction density. B Compact to minimum densities shown on the Plans with a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698. 3.05 TOLERANCES A Top of compacted surface: Plus or minus'h inch in cross section,or in 16 foot length. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B A minimum of three tests will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of embankment per lift. C If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements,recondition, re-compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.07 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 07/2006 02330-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain all embankment areas in good condition until completion of Work. B Repair and re-compact slides, washouts, settlements, areas with loss of density, or excavation damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner. C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION • 07/2006 02330-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE Section 02335 SUBGRADE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Foundation course of lime stabilized in situ subgrade material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 6. Section 01720—Field Surveying 7. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" d. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" e. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-600-J, "Sampling and Testing Hydrated Lime, Quick Lime, and Commercial Lime Slurry" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for subgrade is on a square yard basis. Separate payment will be made for each different required type and thickness of stabilized Subgrade. B Measurement for hydrated lime and quicklime is by the ton of 2,000 pounds dry- weight basis,determined by the area to be covered and the rate of application. Do not include cost of hydrated lime or quicklime in Bid Item for subgrade. C Measurement for lime slurry is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of lime calculated on the percentage by weight of dry solids for the grade of slurry. Do not include cost of lime slurry in Bid Item for subgrade. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 07/2006 02335- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certificates stating that hydrated lime, commercial lime slurry and quicklime complies with the requirements in this Section. C Submit weight tickets,certified by supplier,with each bulk delivery of lime to Project Site. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for rotary speed mixer and compaction equipment for approval. 1.04 TESTING AND SAMPLING A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services. B Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Sampling and testing of lime slurry shall be in accordance with Tex-600-J. D Sample mixtures of hydrated lime or quicklime in slurry form will be tested to establish compliance with the requirements in this Section. E Soil will be evaluated to establish percent of hydrated lime,quicklime,or lime slurry to be applied to subgrade material. F Moisture-density relationship will be established on material sample from roadway, after stabilization, in accordance with ASTM D 698. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A Bagged lime shall bear manufacturer's name, product identification, and certified weight.Bags varying more than 5 percent of certified weight may be rejected;average weight of 50 random bags in each shipment shall not be less than certified weight. B Store lime in weatherproof enclosures. Protect lime from ground dampness. C Quicklime can be dangerous; exercise extreme caution if used for the Work. Contractor shall become informed about recommended precautions in the handling, storage and use of quicklime. 07/2006 02335-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER A Water shall be clean; clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or organic matter. 2.02 LIME A Type A-Hydrated Lime: Dry material consisting essentially of calcium hydroxide or mixture of calcium hydroxide and an allowable percentage of calcium oxide and magnesium hydroxide. B Type B-Lime Slurry:Liquid mixture consisting essentially of lime solids and water in slurry form. Water or liquid portion shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity to be injurious or objectionable for purpose intended. C Type C - Quicklime: Dry material consisting essentially of calcium oxide. Furnish quicklime in either of the following grades: 1. Grade DS: Pebble quicklime of a gradation suitable for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. 2. Grade S:Finely-graded quicklime for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. Do not use Grade S quicklime for dry placing. (So called "Blue Lime"is not acceptable.) (111h D Lime shall conform to following requirements: CHEMICAL COMPOSITION TYPE A B C Active lime content, i 2 % by weight Ca(OH)2+CaO 90.0 min 87.0 min - Unhydrated lime content, %by weight CaO 5.0 max - 87.0 min Free water content, % by weight H2O 5.0 max - - SIZING Wet Sieve, as % by weight residue retained: No. 6 0.2 max 0.2 max2 8.0 max3 No. 30 4.0 max 4.0 max2 - Dry sieve, as % by weight residue retained: 07/2006 02335-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUB GRADE 1-inch - - 0.0 3/4-inch - - 10.0 max Notes: 1 Maximum 5.0% by weight CaO shall be allowed in determining total active lime content. 2 Maximum solids content of slurry. 3 Total active lime content, as CaO, in material retained on the No. 6 sieve shall not exceed 2.0% by weight of original Type C lime. E Lime Slurry may be delivered to the Project Site as Commercial Lime Slurry, or may be prepared at the Project Site using Hydrated Lime or Quicklime. The slurry shall be free of liquids other than water and shall be of a consistency that can be handled and uniformly applied without difficulty. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures below future grade is complete. B Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. C Verify subgrade lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. B Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. C Cut material to bottom of subgrade using an approved cutting and pulverizing machine meeting following requirements: 1. Cutters accurately provide a smooth surface over entire width of cut to plane of secondary grade. 2. Visible indication that cut is to proper depth. D Alternatively, scarify or excavate to bottom of stabilized subgrade. Remove material or windrow to expose secondary grade. Correct wet or unstable material below secondary grade by scarifying,adding lime,and compacting. Obtain uniform stability. E Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 07/2006 02335-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUB GRADE (41116', 3.03 LIME SLURRY APPLICATION A Mix hydrated lime or quicklime with water to form a slurry of the solids content specified. Commercial lime slurry shall have dry solids content as specified. Conform to cautionary requirements in this Section, 1.06C, concerning use of quicklime. B Apply slurry with a distributor truck equipped with an agitator to keep lime and water in a consistent mixture. Make successive passes over measured section of roadway to attain proper moisture and lime content. Limit spreading to an area where preliminary mixing operations can be completed on the same working day. 3.04 PRELIMINARY MIXING A Do not mix and place material when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. B Use approved single-pass or multiple-pass rotary speed mixers to mix soil,lime, and water to required depth. Obtain a homogeneous friable mixture free of clods and lumps. C Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. D Seal subgrade as a precaution against heavy rainfall by rolling lightly with light r116\ pneumatic rollers. E Cure soil-lime material for 1 to 4 days. Keep subgrade moist during cure. 3.05 FINAL MIXING A Use approved single-pass or multiple-pass rotary speed mixers to uniformly mix cured soil and lime to required depth. B Add water to bring moisture content of soil mixture to a minimum of optimum or above. - C Mix and pulverize until all material passes a 1 inch sieve; a minimum of 90 percent, excluding non-slaking fractions,passes a 3/4-inch sieve;and a minimum of 65 percent excluding non-slaking fractions passes a No. 4 sieve. D Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. E Do not expose hydrated lime to open air for more than 6 hours during interval between application and mixing. Avoid excessive hydrated lime loss due to washing or blowing. (1111116 07/2006 02335-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 3.06 COMPACTION A Aerate or sprinkle to attain optimum moisture content as determined by Testing Laboratory. Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. B Start compaction immediately after final mixing, unless approved by Engineer. C Spread and compact in two or more approximately equal layers where total compacted thickness is to be greater than 8 inches. D Compact with approved heavy pneumatic or vibrating rollers, or a combination of tamping rollers and light pneumatic rollers. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until entire depth is uniformly compacted. E Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and re-compacting. F Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698,unless otherwise indicated on the Plans: 1. Areas to receive pavement without subsequent base course: Minimum density of 98 percent of maximum dry density. 2. Areas to receive subsequent base course: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. G Seal with approved light pneumatic tired rollers: Prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and re-compact at areas where hair line cracking develops. H Contractor shall conduct operations to minimize elapsed time between mixing and compacting stabilized subgrade in order to take advantage of rapid initial set characteristics. Complete compaction within 2 hours of commencing compaction and not more than 6 hours after adding and mixing the last stabilizing agent. 3.07 CURING A Moist cure for a minimum of 3 days before placing base or surface course,or opening to traffic. Time may be adjusted as approved by Engineer. Subgrade may be opened to traffic after 2 days if adequate strength has been attained to prevent damage.Restrict traffic to light pneumatic rollers or vehicles weighing less than 10 tons. B Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. Roll with light pneumatic roller to keep surface knit together. C Place base, surface, or seal course within 14 days after final mixing and compaction unless prior approval is obtained from Engineer. 07/2006 02335-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND SUB GRADE 3.08 TOLERANCES A Top of compacted surface:Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section or in 16 foot length. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A A minimum of one phenolphthalein test will be made at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in-place depth. B Contractor may, at his own expense, request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth,place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner. C Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 at random locations near depth determination tests. Rework and re-compact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no cost to the Owner. 3.10 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Fill test pits with new compacted lime stabilized subgrade. C°116`\, C Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. D In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 3.11 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain stabilized Subgrade to lines and grades and in good condition until placement of base or surface course. B Protect the asphalt membrane, if used, from being picked up by traffic. C Repair settlements, areas with loss of density, or areas of subgrade damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner by replacing and re-compacting material to full depth. D Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02335-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE Section 02370 GEOTEXTILE 1.0 GENERAL . 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Geotextile, also called filter fabric, in applications such as under a granular fill, as a pipe embedment wrap,around the exterior of a tunnel liner,or around the foundations of pipeline structures. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" b. ASTM D 4533,"Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles" c. ASTM D 4833, "Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products" d. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" e. ASTM D 4751, "Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile" f. ASTM D.4491, "Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Work requiring geotextile. B If Geotextile is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals.B Submit the standard manufacturer's catalog sheets and other pertinent information,for approval,prior to installation. 07/2006 02370- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE C Submit installation methods,as a part of the work plan for tunneling or for excavation and backfill for utilities. Obtain approval from Engineer for Geotextile material and the proposed installation method prior to use of the geotextile. 2.0 PRODUCTS • 2.01 GEOTEXTILE A Provide a geotextile(filter fabric)designed for use in geotechnical applications which forms a permeable layer or media while retaining the soil matrix. B Use a fabric which meets the physical requirements for Class A Subsurface Drainage installation conditions as defined in AASHTO M288 and as specified in this Section, 2.02 "Properties". 2.02 PROPERTIES A Material: Non-woven,non-biodegradable,fabric consisting only of continuous chain polymer filaments or yarns, at least 85 percent by weight poly-olefins, polyesters or polyamide, formed into a dimensionally stable network. B Chemical Resistance: Inert to commonly encountered chemicals and hydrocarbons over a pH range of 3 to 12. C Physical Resistance: Resistant to mildew and rot, ultraviolet light exposure, insects and rodents. D Minimum Test Values: PROPERTY VALUE (MIN) TEST METHOD Grab strength 180 lbs ASTM D 4632 Trapezoidal Tear Strength 50 lbs ASTM D 4533 Puncture Strength 80 lbs ASTM D 4833 Mullen Burst Strength 290 psi ASTM D 3786 Apparent Opening Size(1) 0.25 mm ASTM D 4751 Permittivity (sec-1) 0.2 ASTM D 4491 (1) Maximum average roll value 3.0 EXECUTION - Notused END OF SECTION 07/2006 02370-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR (111"\, CASING FOR SEWERS Section 02415 AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of pipe and casing for sanitary sewer by methods of augering. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01570-Trench Safety System 2. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 3. Section 01350—Submittals 4. Section 01563—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 5. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 7. Section 02430—Tunnel Grout 8. Section 02318—Excavation and.Backfill for Utilities 9. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards: • 1. American Railway Engineering Association (AREA) Manual for Railway Engineering 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C200, Steel Water Pipe- 6 in. (150 mm) and Larger D Definitions: 1. Dry Augering - installation of steel casing by excavating the soil at the advancing end of casing and transporting the spoil through the casing by an otherwise uncased auger, while advancing the casing by jacking at the same rate as the auger excavation progresses. 2. Slurry Augering- installation of casing or sewer pipe by first drilling a small diameter pilot hole from auger pit to auger pit,followed by reaming the bore to full diameter by augering with slurry, and installing the casing or pipe by a pull-back or jacking method. 3. Augered Pipe-the Contractor's installed water or sewer pipe in augered hole. 4. Augered Casing with Pipe- the Contractor's installed water or sewer pipe in augered casing. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for augered casing with sewer pipe will be on a linear foot basis ,,ire, measured from end to end of the casing. 07/2006 02415- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS B Payment of augered casing with sewer pipe will be full compensation for all labor, equipment,casing,sewer pipe,materials and supervision for construction complete in place including dewatering,augering,joints,spoil removal,pipe installation,grouting, utility adjustments,testing,and cleanup, and other work necessary for construction as shown on the Plans and as specified. C Measurement of augered sewer pipe will be on a linear foot basis along the axis of the pipe from auger pit to auger pit. D Payment of augered sewer pipe will be full compensation for labor,pipe, equipment, materials, and supervision for construction complete in place including dewatering, jacking,utility adjustments,testing,cleanup,and other work necessary for construction as shown on the Plans and as specified. E No separate payment will be made for auger pits and other excavations under this section. Include cost of excavation, surface restoration, pavement repair, etc., for auger pits or observation pits in Sections related to the open-cut sewer installation portion of the Work. Include cost of trench safety for auger pits or observation pits in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. F Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ^� A Review. Submittal shall be made in accordance with Section 01350—Submittals. The Engineer will review submitted plans, details and data for compliance with specifications. Contractor shall not commence work on any items requiring pipe and casing augering work plan, or other submittal until the submittal have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Such review by the Engineer shall not be construed in any way of relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract,shall not be construed by the contractor as an endorsement by the Engineer that such methods are constructable or will work for the specific subsurface soils encountered. Structural designs and other engineered components shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. B Pipe and Casing Augering Operation. 1. Submit for review a Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan with complete drawings and written description identifying details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations to be performed during construction, as required. The drawings and descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer whether the proposed materials and procedures will meet the requirements of this Section. 2. Depending on the Contractor's method of construction, the Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan shall be submitted on the following items: a. Arrangement drawings and technical specifications of the augering equipment and experience record of the Contractor. b. Method of controlling line and grade of augering operation. 07/2006 02415-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS c. Method of spoil and slurry removal, including surface storage and disposal. d. Details of the pipe or casing installation. e. Grouting techniques to be used for filling annular void between casing and sewer pipe,where required,and for filling over excavation,if any, including equipment,pumping and injection procedures,pressure grout types, and mixtures. f. Location and construction of auger pits, including details for all required ground support installation not included in the Trench Safety Plan. g. Groundwater control system per requirements in this section and in accordance with Section 01563—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water, as required by construction method. 3. Casing and pipe fabrication drawings, including joint details. C Trench Safety 1. Shall be in accordance with Section 01570—Trench Safety System. 2. To the extent that excavation for pipe and casing augering involves work not covered by Contractor's Trench Safety Plan, the safety provisions of these excavations shall be addressed in the Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan. D Quality Control Methods. At least 30 days prior to the start of augering,the Contractor ` shall submit a description of the quality control methods proposed for use in this operation to the Project Manager. The submittal shall include: 1. Supervision. Supervisory control to ensure that work is performed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, and Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan. 2. Line & Grade. Procedures for surveying, controlling and checking line and grade, including field forms. 3. Augering Observation and Monitoring. Procedures for preparing and submitting daily logs of augering operations,including field forms. 4. Products and Materials. A plan for testing and submittal of test results to demonstrate compliance with the specification and Contractor's design criteria for permanent products, material and installations. The plan shall identify applicable standards and procedures for testing and acceptance. 5. Monitoring Settlement. Submit a settlement Monitoring Plan if requested by the Engineer. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02415-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS 1.05 CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING INSTALLATION LOADS A Pipes and casings shall be selected by the Contractor to carry overburden pressure and applicable surcharge and installation loads. B The criteria to be used for truck loading shall be HS-20 vehicle loading distributions in accordance with AASHTO. C The Contractor shall be responsible for the selection of the casing,pipe,and pipe joints to carry the thrust of the jacks or loads due to the pulling mechanism. D The Contractor shall select the diameter of the casing to meet the minimum dimensions defined in the Plans, and to permit practical installation(including skids, pipe spiders and shims, if applicable) and grouting, where required. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Casing shall be provided where shown on Plans or indicated in Technical Specifications and be new, uncoated welded steel pipe, manufactured in accordance with AWWA C200. The design stress in the pipe wall shall be 50 percent of the minimum yield point of the steel or 18,000 psi, whichever is less, when subjected to the loading conditions. The design deflection to be used in determining wall thickness shall not exceed 3 percent of nominal casing pipe size. B Sewer pipe shall be provided in accordance with Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers. The sewer pipe shall be selected by the Contractor and verified by the Contractor's engineer to safely withstand all service loads, including overburden pressures and surcharge loads together with all forces and pressures induced in pipe and joints during installation. C For grouting materials refer to Section 02430—Tunnel Grout. D Where casings are required by Plans,casing insulator width 8 inches for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches; 12 inches for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 1. For welded steel pipe 12 inches and smaller, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model PE, or approved equal. 2. For other pipe materials, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C8G-2 or approved equal for pipe sizes up to 12 inches. 3. For all pipe sizes above 12 inches,use Pipeline Seal&Insulator Model C 12G- 2 or approved equal. E Casing End Seals: Provide Pipeline Seal &Insulator Model C or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 07/2006 02415-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS 3.01 DRY AUGERING (CASING ONLY) A Provide horizontal augering equipment of sufficient capacity for the diameter and length of the casing to be installed and the anticipated ground conditions. B Provide heavy-duty jacks of a capacity suitable for forcing the excavating auger and casing through the ground and a suitable jacking frame or backstop. Use operating jacks constructed so that even pressure is applied to all jacks used. C Provide steerable front section of casing to allow vertical grade adjustments. A water level or other means shall be provided to allow monitoring of the grade elevation of the auger casing. D Set casing to be jacked on guides,properly braced together,to support the section of pipe and direct it to proper line and grade. Place the whole jacking assembly so as to line up with the direction and grade of the pipe. E . In unconsolidated soil formations,bentonite may be used to seal the voids outside the wall and furnish lubrication for the installation of casing. The use of water to assist in lubrication to facilitate the removal of spoil is permitted,however,water jetting of the soil is not allowed when jacking the casing. F Insofar as practical and depending on the character of the soil encountered during the augering operation, conduct operations without interruption to prevent the pipe from seizing up in the hole before the installation is complete. G Repair casing damaged in augering operations by method acceptable to the Engineer or remove and replace it. 3.02 SLURRY AUGERING A Provide horizontal boring equipment for drilling of pilot hole, slurry augering equipment for excavating the full-sized hole for casing or pipe installation. B Drill a small diameter pilot hole for the entire length of the augered pipe. Check the pilot hole for line and grade at the receiving end to determine if the larger diameter casing hole will comply with this Specification. The pilot hole shall be redrilled if the installed pipe would not meet the specified tolerances. C Auger the large-diameter hole by mechanical means for reaming the pilot hole. The diameter of the augered hole shall be not more than 1 inch greater than the outside diameter of the installed pipe measured from the barrel of the pipe. Place excavated material outside the working pit and dispose of it, as specified in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. Jetting is not permitted. Augered holes which do not meet the specified tolerances shall be grouted. (1116.\ In unconsolidated soil formations,use a bentonite slurry to maintain a stable hole and furnish lubrication for the installation of the pipe. Install the pipe or casing in one 07/2006 02415-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS operation with the displacement of cuttings and slurry from the hole in potentially unstable soils to prevent casing and settlement of the ground surface. E Depending on the character of the soil encountered during the augering operation, conduct operations without interruption,insofar as practical,to prevent the pipe from seizing up in the hole before the installation is complete. F Repair casing or sewer pipe damaged in augering operations by method acceptable to the Engineer or remove and replace it. 3.03 AUGER PITS A Contractor's Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan shall identify the location, size, depth and layout, and ground support design of all augering and observation pits, as well as a schedule of dates that each pit is expected to be open. B Auger pits that are excavated as a part of open-cut sewer construction shall be in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. C Install sheeting,lining,shoring,and bracing required for the protection of the workmen and the public in accordance with Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. 3.04 PIPE IN CASING A Pipes shall be installed in augered casings in accordance with this Section, as applicable. B Bottom of trench adjacent to each end of casing should be graded to provide firm, uniform, and continuous support for carrier pipe. If trench requires some backfill to establish final trench bottom grade, backfill material should be placed in 6-inch lifts and each layer properly compacted. C Install casing end seals in accordance with manufactures specifications. 3.05 SPACER AND INSULATOR INSTALLATION A Casing spacers and/or insulators should be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Special care should be taken to ensure that all subcomponents are correctly assembled and evenly tightened,and that no damage occurs during tightening or carrier pipe insertion. B Spacing of spacers or insulators should ensure that carrier pipe is adequately supported throughout its length, particularly at ends, to offset settling and possible electrical shorting. End spacer must be within 6 inches of end of casing pipe,regardless of size of casing and carrier pipe or type of spacer used. Casing spacers are designed to withstand much greater loads than can be safely applied to most coatings. Therefore, spacing between spacers depends largely on load bearing capabilities of pipe coating and flexibility of pipe. 07/2006 02415-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS 1. Spacing shall be as shown on Plans with maximum distance between spacers to be 10 feet for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches and 8 feet for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 2. For ductile iron pipe,flanged pipe, or bell-and-spigot pipe, spacers should be installed within one foot on each side of bell or flange and one in center of joint when 18- to 20-foot-long joints are used. 3. If casing or carrier pipe is angled,bent, or dented, spacing should be reduced. C Where metallic carrier pipe is to be placed in metallic casing, provide electric insulating type spacers to ensure no contact between carrier pipe and casing. 3.06 TOLERANCES A Acceptance criteria for Augered Casing,as defined in this Section, 1.01D,shall be±6 inches in horizontal alignment from theoretical at any point between manholes, including the receiving end, and±1-1/2 inches in elevation from the theoretical. B Acceptance criteria for Augered Pipe, as defined in this Section, 1.01D, shall be±6 inches in horizontal alignment from theoretical at any point between manholes, including the receiving end, and±1/8 inch in elevation from the theoretical. C If a deviation exceeds these tolerances,the Contractor may be required to re-auger the casing or sewer pipe at no additional cost to the City, including any backfilling or grouting of the abandoned hole. Any redesign of the sewer and manholes made necessary by out-of-tolerance casing or sewer pipe shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The installed pipe must be capable of meeting the design flow and velocities for a full pipe condition. Contractor is responsible for final selection of casing diameter to assure these tolerances. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Sewer pipes installed under this Section shall be tested under the provisions of the applicable Technical Specification for the type of sewer pipe installed. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all pipe and casing augering in good condition until completion of Work. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02415-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE(HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE (.15‘' Section 02532 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe for gravity sewers and drains, including fittings. B HDPE pipe for sanitary sewer force mains, including fittings. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 02630—Storm Sewers 4. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers D Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM F 714, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter" b. ASTM D 2657, "Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining and Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings" c. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" d. ASTM D 350, "Standard Test Method for Flexible Treated Sleeving Used for Electrical Insulation" e. ASTM F 477,"Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe" f. ASTM D 618,"Standard Practice for Conditioning Plastics for Testing" g. ASTM D 3212,"Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for HDPE pipe under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for gravity sanitary sewers and storm sewers. B If HDPE pipe is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 07/2006 02532- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings showing design of pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. C Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 PRODUCT QUALITY CONTROL A Provide the manufacturer's certificate of conformance to the Technical Specifications. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED AND PREAPPROVED PRODUCTS A Provide HDPE pipe as follows: PRODUCT ASTM PIPE DIAMETER WALL TYPR MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION STIFFNESS RANGE (MIN) (INCHES) Solid Wall Drisco 1000 Approved F 714 Drisco 8600 115 psi 8 to 10 Quail Pipe Poly Pipe 46 psi 12 to 48 Plexco B Solid wall pipe shall be produced with plain end construction for heat joining (butt fusion)conforming to ASTM D 2657. Utilize controlled temperatures and pressures for joining to produce a fused leak-free joint. 2.02 MATERIALS A Pipe and Fittings: High density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the requirements of Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34, as defined in ASTM D 1248. Material meeting the requirements of cell classification in accordance with ASTM D 350 are also suitable for making pipe products under these specifications. B Gaskets 1. Use gaskets meeting requirement of ASTM F 477. Use gasket molded into a circular form or extruded to the proper section and then spliced into circular form. When no contaminant is identified, use gaskets of a properly cured, high-grade elastomeric compound. The basic polymer shall be natural rubber, '') synthetic elastomer, or a blend of both. 07/2006 02532-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE(HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants: CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum(diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other Contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer C Lubricant. Use a lubricant for assembly of gasketed joints which has no detrimental effect on the gasket or on the pipe, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.03 WORKMANSHIP A Furnish pipe and fittings that are homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks,holes,foreign inclusions,or other injurious defects. Provide pipe as uniform as commercially practical in color, opacity,density, and other physical properties. 2.04 INSPECTIONS (11.1`, A The Engineer reserves the right to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Such inspection shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications. B Manufacturer's Notification to Customer. Should the Engineer wish to witness the manufacture of specific pipes, the manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the production of those specific pipes will take place. C Failure to Inspect. Approval of the products or tests is not implied by the Engineer's decision not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or finished pipes. 2.05 TEST METHODS A Conditioning. Conditioning of samples prior to and during tests are subject to approval by the Engineer. When referee tests are required,condition the specimens in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM D 618 at 73.4 degrees F plus or minus 3.6 degrees F(23 degrees C plus or minus 2 degrees C) and 50 percent relative humidity plus or minus 5 percent relative humidity for not less than 40 hours prior to test. Conduct tests under the same conditions of temperature and humidity unless otherwise specified. B Flattening. Flatten three specimens of pipe, prepared in accordance with Paragraph 2.05A,in a suitable press until the internal diameter has been reduced to 40 percent of the original inside diameter of the pipe. The rate of loading shall be uniform and at 2- inches per minute. The test specimens, when examined under normal light and with 07/2006 02532-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE the unaided eye,shall show no evidence of splitting,cracking,breaking,or separation of the pipe walls or bracing profiles. C Joint Tightness. Test for joint tightness in accordance with ASTM D 3212, except replace the shear load transfer bars and supports with 6-inch-wide support blocks that can be either flat or contoured to conform to the pipe's outer contour. D Purpose of Tests. The flattening and the joint tightness tests are not intended to be routine quality control tests, but rather to qualify pipe to a specified level of performance. 2.06 MARKING A Mark each standard and random length of pipe meeting the requirements of this Section with the following information: 1. Pipe size 2. Pipe class 3. Production code 4. Material designation 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Conform to requirements of the following Sections: 1. Section 02630—Storm Sewers 2. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers B All HDPE installations shall be bedded and backfilled to top or pipe zone with cement stabilized sand. C All HDPE pipe must terminate in manholes, concrete headwalls, or safety and treatment structures. D Install pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02532-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS �"'\ Section 02630 \\ STORM SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Storm sewers and appurtenances. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 5. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7. Section 02415—Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 8. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 76,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, (11111 Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe b. ASTM C 443,"Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets" c. ASTM C 506, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" d. ASTM C 877, "Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe,Manholes, and Precast Box Sections" e. ASTM C 507, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" f. ASTM C 655, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D- Load Culvert,Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" g. ASTM D 3350, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials" h. ASTM C 1433, "Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers" i. ASTM B 633, "Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel" j. ASTM A 760, "Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 07/2006 02630-1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT fl A Measurement for storm sewers is on a linear foot basis taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes or from end to end of culverts,measured and complete in place. Separate measurement will be made for each type and size of pipe installed. B Payment for storm sewer includes pipe,earthwork,connections to existing manholes and pipe, accessories,equipment and execution required or incidental to storm sewer work. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. C Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A The condition for acceptance will be a storm sewer that is watertight both in pipe-to-pipe joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B Handle pipe,fittings,and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do not drop or roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked, gouged, chipped, dented, or otherwise damaged will not be approved for installation. C Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground. D Unload pipe,fittings, and specials as close as practical to the location of installation to avoid unnecessary handling. E Keep interiors of pipe and fittings completely free of dirt and foreign matter. 2.0 PRODUCTS 07/2006 02630-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2.01 PIPE MATERIAL A Piping materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the Plans. B Materials for pipe and fittings, other than those specified or referenced, may be considered for use in storm sewers. C For consideration of other materials, submit complete manufacturer's data including materials, sizes, flow carrying capacity, installation procedures, and history of similar installations to Engineer for pre-bid evaluations,if allowed, or as a substitution. 2.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, for Class III wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C 443. B Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 506 for Class A-III. Joints shall conform to ASTM C 877. C Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 507 for Class VE-III for vertical or Class HE-III for horizontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C 877. D Reinforced concrete,D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655. (111.'N E When approved by the Engineer, high density polyethylene, corrugated drainage pipe meeting requirements of AASHTO M252 or M294 and ASTM D 3350,Hancor or equal. 2.03 PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX SEWERS A All box sewer sections shall conform to ASTM C 1433, as indicated on the Plans. B All pipe and boxes shall be machine-made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. C Concrete shall conform to requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete. D Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit-mixed concrete is not acceptable. 2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS A Corrugated metal pipe may be galvanized steel,aluminized steel,aluminum or precoated galvanized steel as indicated on Plans and conforming to the following: Galvanized Steel AASHTO M218 Aluminized Steel AASHTO M274 Aluminum AASHTO M197 Precoated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M246 07/2006 02630-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 1. Reference to gauge of metal is to U.S. Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets. Tables in AASHTO M218 and AASHTO M274 list thicknesses for coated sheets in inches. The tables in AASHTO M197 list thicknesses in inches for clad aluminum sheets. B Coupling bands and other hardware for galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall conform to requirements of AASHTO M36 for steel pipe and AASHTO M196 for aluminum pipe. 1. Coupling bands shall be not more than 3 nominal sheet thicknesses lighter than thickness of pipe to be connected and in no case lighter than 0.052 inch for steel or 0.048 inch for aluminum. 2. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coating (metallic or otherwise) as pipe. 3. Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for corrugations which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes being joined: a. 10' inches wide for 2 z/3 inch x 1/2-inch corrugations. b. 12 inches wide for 3 inch x 1 inch corrugations. 4. Helical pipe without circumferential end corrugations will be permitted only when it is necessary to join a new pipe to an existing pipe which was installed with no circumferential end corrugations. In this event pipe furnished with helical corrugations at ends shall be field jointed with either helically corrugated bands or with bands with projections (dimples). The minimum width of helical corrugated bands shall conform to the following: a. 12 inches wide for 1/2 inch-deep helical end corrugations. b. 14 inches wide for one inch-deep helical end corrugations. 5. Bands with projections shall have circumferential rows of projections with one projection for each corrugation. Width of bands with projections shall be not less than the following: a. 12 inches wide for pipe diameters up to and including 72 inches. Bands shall have two circumferential rows of projections. b. 161/a inches wide for pipe diameters of 78 inches and greater. Bands shall have four circumferential rows of projections. 6. Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2 inch diameter. Bands 12 inches wide or less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands greater than 12 inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each connection. 7. Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements of AASHTO M 232,mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as AASHTO M 232, or electro-galvanized per ASTM B 633, Type RS. C Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous coating which shall meet these performance requirements and requirements of AASHTO M190. 1. Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0.05 inch, measured on crests of corrugations. 07/2006 02630-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS CIW 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack,or peel during handling and placement;and shall protect pipe from corrosion and deterioration. 3. Where a paved invert is shown on Plans,pipe or pipe arch,in addition to fully- coated treatment described above,shall receive additional bituminous material, same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. D Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes, and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Plans and ASTM A 760. Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 2.05 PIPE FABRICATION A Steel Pipe: 1. Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 36,Type I, Type IA, or Type II, as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams,helical corrugations with continuous helical lock seam, or ultra-high frequency resistance butt-welded seams is acceptable. B Aluminum Pipe: (Pk', 1. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 196,Type I,Type IA, circular pipe, or Type II,pipe arch as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams,or helical corrugations with a continuous helical lock seam. 3. Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190. Extend coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact. C Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe: 1. Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245,Type I, Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted seams, or helical lock seams is acceptable. 3. Inside and outside coating shall be a minimum of 10 mils. 07/2006 02630-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 'l A Tolerances: Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Plans. Concrete thickness in excess of that required will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. B Precast Unit Identification: Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet, headwall or wingwall. C Rejection: Precast units may be rejected for non-conformity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell,except for a single end crack that do not exceed the depth of the joint. 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3. Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. E Repairs: Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform to requirements of these specifications. 2.07 BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL A Bedding and Backfill Material: Conform to Plans and requirements of Sections 02255— Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Conform to requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities,3.02 "Preparation". 3.02 EARTHWORK A Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities,except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the Plans. When pipes are laid in a trench, the trench when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around pipe. B Bed pipe in accordance with Plans. When requested by Engineer, furnish a simple template for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping of bedding. Template shall consist of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of cross section. 07/2006 02630-6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS C Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe, remove the rock below grade and replace with suitable materials so that a slightly yielding compacted earth cushion is provided below pipe a minimum of 12 inches thick. D Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable materials, such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Do not allow cement stabilized materials for backfill to come into contact with any uncoated aluminum or aluminized pipe surface. E After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details,place selected material from excavation or borrow along both sides of the completed structures equally, in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required and thoroughly compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides of trench, or for a distance each side of structure equal to diameter of pipe. Backfill material shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for adjoining sections of embankment in accordance with specifications. Above three-fourths point of structure,place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches. F Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within vertical planes 2 feet beyond horizontal projection of outside surface of structure for backfilling, until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe. G Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. H During backfilling, obtain uniform backfill material and uniform compacted density throughout length of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide proper backfill under structure. I Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material, an inspection will be made of inside periphery of structure for local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods. Evidence of deformation will be reason for such corrective measures as may be directed by Engineer. 3.03 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE INSTALLATION A Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together, with side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on sides. B Metal in joints which is not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing shall be coated with an approved asphaltum paint. C Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe which is not in alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying,or is damaged,shall be taken up and relaid. 07/2006 02630-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS D Multiple installations of corrugated metal pipe and pipe arches shall be laid with the n center lines of individual barrels parallel. Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans, maintain the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes: DIAMETER CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PIPES PIPE ARCH OF PIPE FULL CIRCLE AND PIPE ARCH DESIGN NO. 18" 1' 2" 2 24" 1' 5" 3 30" 1' 8" 4 36" 1' 11" 5 42" 2' 2" 6 48" 2' 5" 7 54" 2' 10" 8 60"—84" 3' 2" 9 90"— 120" 3' 5" 10&Over E Where extensions are attached to existing structures,install a proper connection between structure and existing as indicated on Plans, coat the connection with bituminous material when required. F When existing headwalls and aprons are indicated for reuse on the Plans,sever portion to be reused from the existing culvert, and relocate to prepared position. Damaged ,"--) headwalls, aprons or pipes attached to the headwall, shall be restored to their original condition. 3.04 JOINTING A Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration of side material. B Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly-closed joint. C Use corrugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential corrugations including pipe with helical corrugations having reformed circumferential corrugations on ends. Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential corrugation of pipe ends being coupled. 3.05 CONCRETE PIPE INSTALLATION A Install in accordance with the Plans and pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in this Section. B Install pipe only after excavation is completed,the bottom of the trench shaped,bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer. fl 07/2006 02630-8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS t C Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignments indicated. D Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow. E Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. F Place and drive home newly laid sections with come-a-long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the Engineer. G Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size, use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed. H Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. I When work is not in progress,cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. 3.06 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT A For installation of pipe by augering,boring,or jacking pipe,conform to requirements of Section 02415 - Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers. 3.07 CONNECTIONS A Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Plans. Use non-shrink grout jointing material as shown on the Plans Drawing or as approved. Make connections water tight. 3.08 FINISHES A Cut off inlet leads neatly at the inside face of inlet wall. Point up with mortar or field galvenizing. B When the box section of the inlet has been completed, shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to the detailed Plans. C Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in- Place Concrete. 3.09 BACKFILL A Backfill the trench only after pipe installation is approved by the Engineer. B Bed pipes with materials conforming to requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and as indicated on Plans. (11111.\ 07/2006 02630-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS C Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.10 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Plans. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02630- 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT Section 02710 BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Base course of crushed stone, recycled crushed concrete base, cement-stabilized crushed stone,cement-stabilized bank-run gravel,recycled crushed stone and hot mix asphalt base course. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350- Submittals 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 02742—Prime Coat C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 131,"Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los (11116\ Angeles Machine" b. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit,and Plasticity Index of Soils" c. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" d. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" e. ASTM D 1557, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort" f. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" g. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" h. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, "Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing" b. Tex-110-E, "Particle Analysis of Soils" c. Tex-120-E, "Soil-Cement Testing" d. Tex-106-E, "Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils" e. Tex-203-F, "Sand Equivalent Test" f. Tex-126-E,"Molding,Testing,and Evaluating Bituminous Black Base Material" g. Tex-204-F, "Design of Bituminous Mixtures" h. Tex-208-F, "Test for Stabilometer Value of Bituminous Material" (11.6.‘ i. Tex-227-F, "Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures" 07/2006 02710- 1 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT j. Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 340, "Dense-Graded Hot-Mix Asphalt (Method)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for base course is on a square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of base course. B When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,unit price adjustments shall be made for insufficient in-place depth determined by cores as follows: 1. Adjusted unit price shall be reduced by a ratio of average thickness determined by cores to thickness bid upon, times unit price bid. 2. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent of unit price bid. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit samples of crushed stone,gravel,crushed concrete and soil binder for testing. C Submit weight tickets,certified by supplier,with each bulk delivery of cement to work site. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for pug mill and associated equipment, spreading machine, and compaction equipment for approval. E Submit manufacturing description and characteristics of spreading and finishing machine for approval. 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A Stockpiles shall be made up of layers of processed aggregate materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. Comply with applicable requirements of Section 01600 — Material and Equipment and Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Material. 07/2006 02710-2 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CRUSHED STONE FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE A Crushed Stone: Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements: 1. Durable particles of crusher-run broken limestone,sandstone,gravel or granite obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. B Soil Binder: Material passing the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: 1. Maximum Liquid Limit: 40. 2. Maximum Plasticity Index: 12. 3. Maximum Lineal Shrinkage:7(when calculated from volumetric shrinkage at liquid limit). C Mixed Materials shall meet the following requirements: 1. Minimum compressive strength of 35 psi at 0 psi lateral pressure and 175 psi at 15 psi lateral pressure using triaxial testing procedures. 2. Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following 1/1"*\, limits: SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 No. 4 45 to 75 No. 40 60 to 85 2.02 CEMENT STABILIZED BASE COURSE A Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I; bulk or sacked. B Water: Clean; clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or vegetable matter. C Crushed Stone: material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements: 1. Durable particles of crusher-run broken limestone obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. D Gravel: Durable particles of bank-run gravel or processed material. E Soil Binder: Material passing the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: 07/2006 02710-3 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1. Maximum Liquid limit: 35. 2. Maximum Plasticity index: 10. F Mixed aggregate and soil binder shall meet the following requirements: 1. Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits: PERCENT RETAINED SIEVE CRUSHED PROCESSED GRAVEL BANKRUN STONE GR.1 GR.2 GRAVEL 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 0 to 5 - 0 to 5 1/2-inch - - 0 - No. 4 45to75 30to75 15 to 35 30to75 No. 40 55 to 80 60 to 85 55 to 85 65 to 85 2. Obtain prior permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. G Cut back asphalt: MC30 conforming to requirements of Section 02742—Prime Coat. 1 H Emulsified petroleum resin: EPR-1 Prime conforming to requirements of Section 02742—Prime Coat. I Design mix for minimum average compressive strength of 200 psi at 48 hours using Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength testing procedures. Provide minimum cement content of 1-1/2 sacks, weighing 94 pounds each,per ton of mix. J Increase cement content if average compressive strength of tests on field samples fall below 200 psi. Refer to Part 3 concerning field samples and tests. K Mix in stationary pug mill equipped with feeding and metering devices which shall add specified quantities of base material, cement, and water into mixer. Dry mix base material and cement sufficiently to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. L Resulting mixture shall be homogeneous and uniform in appearance. 2.03 CEMENT-STABILIZED RECYCLED CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE (RCCB) COURSE A System Description: Provide RCCB with following performance: 1. Minimum 5 percent cement. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 650 psi at 7 days following TxDOT Tex- 120-E. 07/2006 02710-4 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE ( FOR PAVEMENT 3. Prepare concrete product in an on- or off-site pug mill, or in an on-or off-site portable concrete mixer. B Preliminary Design: Prepare preliminary mix for 4 cement ratios; 5, 6, 7 and 8 percent. 1. Designate source,of concrete for crushing. 2. Results of compression tests will be used by Engineer to select the final mix design. C Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I, II or III; bulk or sacked. D Water: Potable. E Aggregate: Recycled Crushed Concrete: Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve, and durable coarse particles of crusher-run reclaimed cured Portland cement concrete, obtained from an approved source. Organic material is prohibited. F Soil Binder (classified below): Meeting the following requirements when tested following TxDOT Tex-106-E: 1. Maximum Liquid Limit: 35 2. Maximum Plasticity Index: 10 G Mixed Aggregate and Soil Binder: Grading following Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits: SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED 1 3/-inch 0 to 10 No. 4 45 to 75 No. 40 55 to 80; classified as "Soil Binder" 1. Obtain prior permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. H Asphaltic Seal Cure: 1. Use following as Contractor's option to curing by sprinkling, at no additional cost or time. 2. Cut-back asphalt: MC30 following Section 02742—Prime Coat. 3. Emulsified petroleum resin: EPR-1 Prime following Section 02742—Prime Coat. I Material Mix and Mixing Equipment 1. Design mix for minimum compressive strength of 650 psi at 7 days following Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength. 07/2006 02710-5 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 2. Cement Ratio: If compressive strength of field samples of installed products fails to meet strength requirements above, increase cement content in one percent increments up to a maximum of 8 percent. 3. Mix according to the requirements of this Section, 2.03A, with metering devices adding specified quantities of crushed concrete,cement,and water into mixer. Dry mix crushed concrete and cement to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. Produce homogeneous and uniformly mixed product. 2.04 HOT MIX ASPHALT BASE COURSE(BLACK BASE) A Coarse Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone,or combination thereof that is retained on No. 10 sieve, uniform in quality throughout and free from dirt, organic, or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. B Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings, or combination thereof, passing No. 10 sieve. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound,durable stone particles free from foams or other injurious foreign matter. Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Plasticity index of that part of fine aggregate passing No.40 sieve shall be not more than 6 when tested by Tex-106-E. Sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F. C Composite Aggregate: Conform to the grading limits of TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type indicated on the Plans. D Asphaltic Material: Moisture-free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347°F, meeting the following requirements: VISCOSITY GRADE TEST AC-10 AC-20 min. max. min. max. Viscosity, 140°F stokes 1000 ±200 2000 ±400 Viscosity, 275°F stokes 1.9 - 2.5 - Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. 85 - 55 - Flash Point, C.E.C.,F. 450 - 450 - Solubility in trichloroethylene,percent 99.0 - 99.0 - Tests on residues from thin film oven tests: Viscosity, 140°F stokes - 3000 6000 Ductility, 77°F, 5 ems per min., ems 70 - 50 07/2006 02710-6 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT Spot tests Negative for all 1. Material shall not be cracked. 2. Engineer will designate grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project. E Mixing Plant: Weight-batching or drum mix plant with capacity for producing continuously mixtures meeting specifications. Plant shall have satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment,hot aggregate screens and bins, and dust collectors. Provide equipment to supply materials adequately in accordance with rated capacity of plant and produce finished material within specified tolerances. Following equipment is essential: 1. Cold aggregate bins and proportioning device 2. Dryer 3. Screens 4. Aggregate weight box and batching scales 5. Mixer 6. Asphalt storage and heating devices 7. Asphalt measuring devices 8. Truck scales (1111111'‘ F Bins: Separate aggregate into minimum of four bins to produce consistently uniform grading and asphalt content in completed mix. G Mix: Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test in accordance with Tex-126-E,Tex-204-F, Tex-208-F, and Tex-227-F. H Density and Stability Requirements: PERCENT DENSITY PERCENT HVEEM STABILITY PERCENT MIN MAX OPTIMUM NOT LESS THAN 95 99 97 . 35 I Proportions for Asphaltic Material:As specified in TxDOT Item 340 for the mix type shown on the Plans. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION (111 ` A Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades,are correct. 07/2006 02710-7 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT l 3.02 PLACEMENT A Do not mix and place cement stabilized base when temperature is below 40° F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35°F and rising. B Place material on prepared subgrade in uniform layers to produce thickness indicated on Plans. Depth of layers shall not exceed 8 inches. Do not dump material in piles or windrows. C Spread with approved spreading machine. Conduct spreading so as to eliminate planes of weakness or pockets of non-uniformly graded material resulting from hauling and dumping operations. D Provide construction joints between new material and stabilized base that has been in place 4 hours or longer. Joints shall be approximately vertical. Form joint with a temporary header or make vertical cut of previous base immediately before placing subsequent base. E Use only one longitudinal joint at center line under main lanes and shoulder. Do not use longitudinal joints under frontage roads and ramps. F Place base so that projecting reinforcing steel from curbs remain at approximate center of base. Secure a firm bond between reinforcement and base. G Do not place asphaltic base when air temperature is below 50 F and falling. Base may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 F and rising. H Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture to project in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250° F and 325°F when laid. I Spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track-mounted finish machine to place base course directly on earth subgrade. J Place base courses 4 inches or greater in thickness in two or more layers,each having compacted thickness of not greater than 4 inches. Spread all lifts. Attain smooth course of uniform density to section, line and grades as indicated on Plans. K Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has become cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. L When new asphalt/concrete is laid against existing asphalt, existing asphalt/concrete shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. 07/2006 02710-8 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT M In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor. Use wood or steel forms,rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily. Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 3.03 COMPACTION A Start compaction as soon as possible but not more than 60 minutes from start of moist mixing. Compact loose mixture with approved tamping rollers until entire depth is uniformly compacted. Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. B Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and recompacting. C Apply water to maintain moisture between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture as determined by ASTM D 1557. Mix in with a spiked tooth harrow or equal. Reshape surface and lightly scarify to loosen imprints made by equipment. D Remove and reconstruct sections where average-moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. E Finish by blading surface to final grade after compacting final course. Seal with approved pneumatic tired rollers which are sufficiently light to prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and recompact at areas where hair line cracking develops. F Compact to minimum density of 95 percent of modified Proctor density at a moisture content of treated material between optimum and 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 1557, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. G Maintain surface to required lines and grades throughout operation. 3.04 CURING A Moist cure for minimum of 7 days before adding pavement courses. Restrict traffic on base to local property access. Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. B If indicated on Plans,cover base surface with a curing membrane as soon as finishing operation is complete. Apply with approved self-propelled pressure distributer at following rates, or as indicated on Plans: 1. MC30: 0.1 gallon per square yard. 2. EPR-1 Prime: 0.15 gallon per square yard. C Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. 3.05 TOLERANCES (sub.\ 07/2006 02710-9 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT A Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. B Top surface of base course: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A At the direction of the Engineer, a minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to deteiniine in-place depth. B Contractor may, at his own expense, request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth,place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner. C Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 at a random location near each depth determination core. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. D Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted cement stabilized base. 3.07 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT ) A Recompact pavement sections not meeting specified densities or replace them with new asphaltic concrete material. Replace with new material, sections of base course not meeting surface test requirements or having unacceptable surface texture. Patch asphalt pavement sections in accordance with procedures established by Asphalt Institute. B Remove and replace areas of asphaltic concrete base course found by cores to be deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent at no cost to Owner. Use new asphaltic concrete base material of thickness shown on Plans. C Areas of asphaltic concrete base course found by cores to be deficient in thickness by less than 10 percent shall be remedied at the Owner's direction by one of the following methods: 1. Remove and replace using new asphaltic concrete base material of thickness shown on Plans and in accordance with the requirements of this Section at no cost to Owner. 2. Reduce the Unit Price by the ratio of the average thickness (as determined by cores) to the thickness required. D No adjustments will be made for excess thickness. 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK 07/2006 02710- 10 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT A Maintain stabilized base in good condition until completion of work. Repair defects immediately by replacing base to full depth. B Protect the asphalt membrane,if used,from being picked up by traffic. The membrane may remain in place when proposed surface courses or other base courses are to be applied. END OF SECTION 1111.1 07/2006 02710- 11 of 11 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT Section 02744 SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A wearing surface, also known as Seal Coat or Chip-Seal, composed of a single application of asphaltic material, covered with aggregate, constructed on a prepared surface or base course. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100—Summary of Work 2. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 3. Section 01350—Submittals 4. Section 02980—Pavement Repair C Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" 2) Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments" 3) Item 316, "Surface Treatments" 4) Item 210, "Rolling" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for Single Course Surface Treatment is on square yard basis,measured and completed in place. Payment includes materials, equipment, preparation, and work associated with the application of the Surface Treatment. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for repair of failed or defective areas of pavement prior to resurfacing. C If paving repair is included as a Bid Item,measurement is on a square yard basis. The limits are as defined in Section 01100—Summary of Work, or as shown on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit test results and certifications that asphaltic materials and aggregates meet (1111''\ requirements of this Section prior to use. 07/2006 02744- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT C Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics of aggregate spreading and finishing machine(s) for approval. D Submit calibration report of emulsion distributor. The requirement of this submittal may be waived by Engineer when a computer controlled distributor is used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EMULSION A Asphaltic material shall conform to the requirements of TxDOT,Item 300,"Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions". B The asphaltic material shall be Grade CRS-1P or CRS-2P 1. The CRS-1P shall be a rapid setting, cationic emulsion for use in placing surface treatments when the air temperature is between 40°F and 70°F. 2. The CRS-2P shall be a rapid setting, cationic emulsion for use in placing surface treatments when the air temperature is 60°F and rising. C The emulsion shall break and cure in a reasonable amount of time when the aggregate is applied, regardless of sunlight or humidity conditions. 2.02 AGGREGATE A Aggregate material shall conform in type, grade, classification, and quality to the requirements of TxDOT, Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments". Samples submitted for testing shall be taken from stockpiles located on the Project Site. B Stockpile aggregate separately. Take necessary steps to prevent stockpiles from being contaminated. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles without the Engineer's approval. C When tested by TxDOT, Tex-200-F, Part 1, the aggregate gradation shall meet the requirements in the table below for the specified grade: Aggregate Gradation Requirements (Cumulative % Retained) SIEVE GRADE GRADE SIZE 3 4 3/4in 0 5/8in 0-2 0 '/in 20-40 0-5 %in 80— 100 20-40 1/4in 95- 100 — #4 — 95 — 100 #8 99— 100 98 — 100 07/2006 02744-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT 2.03 EQUIPMENT A Equipment used in each phase of application shall conform to the requirements of TxDOT,Article 316.3 "Equipment". 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted base or prepared surface is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A All holes, ruts, depressions, or other defects in the surface shall be repaired and defective areas cleaned out by scarifying or acceptable hand methods under the provisions of Section 02980—Pavement Repair. B Fill defects with new material of the same character,or other materials approved by the Engineer,the road surface shall be compacted by rolling or tamping so that a smooth, hard,well cemented surface,conforming to the lines,grade, and typical cross-section shown on the plans is secured. C After the patches have been allowed to set-up under traffic, sweep the surface of the roadway clean from dirt, dust, and other deleterious matter by means of mechanical, rotary street sweeper,hand brooms, or compressed air. D Before any asphaltic material is applied,all cakes of dust or clay and all foreign matter shall be removed and the surface thoroughly cleaned until the embedded aggregate is cleaned but not discharged or loosened. E The surface may be lightly sprinkled just prior to application of the asphalt if found necessary by the Engineer. 3.03 APPLICATION A Air temperature shall be taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. 1. Treatment may be applied when air temperature is above 40°F and rising. 2. Do not apply treatment when air temperature is below 50°F and falling. 3. Do not apply treatment when roadway surface temperature is below 60°F. 4. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, general weather conditions are not suitable, do not apply treatment. B When Grade 3 aggregate is specified, the asphaltic material shall be applied on the prepared surface at a rate of approximately 0.35 gallons per square yard. 111116,, When Grade 4 aggregate is specified, the asphaltic material shall be applied on the prepared surface at a rate of approximately 0.30 gallons per square yard. 07/2006 02744-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SINGLE COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT D When Type B (crushed gravel,crushed slag,crushed stone,or limestone rock asphalt) aggregate is specified, the rate of spread shall be one cubic yard to each 90 square yards of surface area. E When Type PB (precoated crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or limestone rock asphalt) aggregate is specified,the rate of spread shall be one cubic yard to each 95 square yards of surface area. F The surface shall be thoroughly rolled as soon as aggregate is applied with a self- propelled light, pneumatic roller in accordance with applicable sections of TxDOT, Item 316, "Surface Treatment" and TxDOT, Item 210, "Rolling". G The Contractor shall repair all fatty areas with additional cover material and all lean areas by adding asphalt to the extent that a uniformly dense treatment is finally obtained. Should depressions, unevenness, or irregular spots develop on the surface, they shall be remedied and the surface brought to true grade and cross-section. H The surface shall be broomed to remove excess aggregate as soon as aggregate has sufficiently bonded. Brooming shall be repeated the following work day. 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied tack coat until authorized by the Engineer. B Contractor is responsible for maintaining Single Course Surface Treatment until Owner accepts the Work. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02744-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL Section 02910 TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, and planting. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5. Section 02200—Site Preparation 6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for topsoil under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which topsoil is a component. If topsoil is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02910- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: 1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50 3. Plasticity index: 10 or less. 4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the#280 sieve. B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps,weeds,non-soil materials and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots,stumps,and stones larger than 2 inches. C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION ^� A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND SOTCKPILING A Conform to topsoil stripping and stockpiling requirements of Section 02200 — Site Preparation. 3.03 PLACEMENT A Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations. B For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing surface material to a minimum depth of 4 inches,or as indicated on the Plans. Remove any vegetation and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. C Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over cement stabilized sand used as bedding and backfill material. D For areas to receive bushes or trees,excavate existing material and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Plans. 07/2006 02910-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL (111. Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain topsoil until a vegetative cover is established. B Repair areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION (111"'. 07/2006 02910-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING Section 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES' A Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintaining areas of commercial, industrial, or undeveloped land disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 02910—Topsoil 5. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMEN AND PAYMENT A Measurement for hydromulch seeding is on a per acre basis,measured and complete in place. B Payment for hydromulch seeding shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and preparation necessary for application and maintenance. C No payment shall be made for hydromulch seeding used in restoration of areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. D Refer to Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02921 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials. C Seed: Conform to U.S.Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements: 1. Rye: Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled Proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Bermuda: Extra-fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon). Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. D Fertilizer:Dry and free flowing,inorganic,water soluble commercial fertilizer,which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked,damaged,or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following ^� elements: Nitrogen: 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid: 20 Percent Potash: 10 Percent E Mulch: Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0.42 inches(10.7 mm)in length and 0.01 inches(0.27 mm)in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. F Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. G Weed control agent: Pre-emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start or perform work under conditions that are not satisfactory to perform tasks due to inclement or impending inclement weather. B After the areas to receive hydromulch seeding have been brought to grade,rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps, and other debris. 07/2006 02921 -2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1111*\ C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer. D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact a layer of topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 —Topsoil. F Surface of topsoil shall be smooth and free of weeds,rocks,and other foreign material immediately before applying hydromulch seeding. 3.02 APPLICATION A Seed: Apply uniformly at the following rates for type of seed and planting date: • APPLICATION pLANTING TYPE RATE DATE POUNDS/A Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Oct 1 to Dec 31 Annual Rye Grass(Gulf) 30 (11/1"\. B Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to Hydromulching. F Suspend all operations under conditions of drought,excessive moisture,high winds,or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain the Engineer's approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintain grassed areas by watering,fertilizing,weeding, and trimming as required to establish and sustain 70% acceptable vegetative cover. B For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with (Pith\ Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 07/2006 02921 -3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK �1 A Protect and maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. B Once a lawn is established, protect and maintain it until completion of the Work. C Replace seeded areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02921 -4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING Section 02922 SODDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 02910—Topsoil 5. Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Definitions: 1. Lawn- ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed. 2. Sod- blocks, squares, strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for vegetative planting. (11111..\ 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility or paving. B If sodding is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. C No payment shall be made for sodding of restoration areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 07/2006 02922-1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials. C Fertilizer: Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash; or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric acid, and 10 percent potash. D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. All insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas E Water: Potable, available on-site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use private resident's water. 2.02 SOD A Species: Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dactyloides), or St. Augustine to match existing or as directed. B Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed; not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses; good texture, free from obnoxious grasses,roots, stones and foreign materials. C Size: 12 inch wide strips,uniform in thickness(2 inch minimum with clean-cut edges. D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass being a normal, green color. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. Do not start work during inclement or impending inclement weather. Perform Sodding only when weather and soil conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement. 07/2006 02922-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING , B After the areas to receive sod are brought to grade, rake out any foreign organic or \\ inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved.by the Engineer. D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before sodding. F Spread 2-inch (±1")layer of Bank Sand over prepared topsoil. G Prior to placing sod,rake areas smooth,free from unsightly variations,bumps,ridges, or depressions, and completely free from stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. H Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 lbs/1000 SF. Apply after raking soil surface and not more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil. Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer. 3.02 APPLICATION A Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting. B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering. Submit type of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to construction. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintenance Period: 1. Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed and continue for a 30-day period from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Re-sod unacceptable areas. 3. Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge,replace unacceptable materials, and perform other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice to ensure normal, vigorous and healthy growth. All disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. 4. Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection. B Watering: 1. Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3 weeks after area is sodded. 07/2006 02922-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. 3. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is in frozen condition. 4. Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water with minimum evaporation. C Mowing: 1. Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 inches. 2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches. 3. Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. 4. Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be mowed with a light-weight rotary type mower. The sod shall be mowed only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition. 5. Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing. D Fertilizer and Pest Control: 1. Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square feet or as recommended by,manufacturer. Fertilizer shall not be placed until 2 weeks after placement of sod. 2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss. 3. Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4. Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by treatment manufacturer. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain sod in good condition until 30 days after Substantial Completion. B Replace sod damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02922-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS HCFCD DIVISION 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED FROM HARRIS COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT (HCFCD) Note: The abbreviation 'SS' for Special Specs has been added to the HCFCD standard specification numbers used in this section. The reference specification numbers for few items have been modified by S&B Infrastructure LTD.,to facilitate use of Standard City of Pearland Specifications where available. '`\ The word "City" replaces the word "District" in the attached specifications. Cli 07/2006 SEcroN:SS 02315 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING Harris County flood Control District PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for removing, stockpiling and replacing on- site vegetation and topsoil, excavating, repairing slopes, backfilling, grading the berms, backslope swales and related work. This Section does not include excavating and backfilling for structures. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND.PAYMENT A. Where there is not a separate item listed on the Unit Price Schedule for work in this Section, no separate measurement and payment is made. Include cost for work under this Section in the related item listed on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. D. Measurement shall be based upon cross-sections, as required. See Cla\ Paragraph 1.4 Definitions in this Section. 1. Cross-sections obtained by Contractor shall be tied to the base line and, as a minimum, at the same locations and limits as the design cross-sections. 2. Cross-sections obtained by Contractor shall be plotted at the same scale as design cross-sections where available or to the same horizontal and vertical scale where design cross-sections are not available. 3. Plots of cross-section shall include pre-construction, intermediate, final and design cross-sections. E. Cross-sections in areas of buried riprap or protective linings, such as riprap and concrete channel lining, shall be to the top of these materials. Excavation required for placement of such protective lining is considered structural excavation and incidental to the cost of related protective lining. F. For small areas or other areas where limits can readily be determined visually, measurement may be by conventional taping and/or measuring techniques, as approved by the Engineer. Measurement shall be witnessed by the Engineer. G. Where paid for separately, backslope swales shall be measured as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. H. Contractor shall perform all quantity calculations for approval by Engineer. I. No payment will be made for over-excavation or over-filling beyond the (.1.h\ 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications SS02315 - 1/5 Excavating and Backfilling design cross-sections, except as directed by the Engineer. J. Support partial pay request quantities with pre-construction and intermediate cross-sections, Plan quantity calculations to-date or quantity calculations determined from field measurement techniques previously approved by the Engineer. K. Support final pay request quantities by using pre-construction, intermediate and final cross-sections or final field measured quantity calculations, as approved by the Engineer. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 698 — Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soils Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600kN-m/m3)). 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Existing Cross-Sections: Obtained by design engineer to prepare Plans and bid documents. B. Pre-Construction Cross-Sections: Obtained by Contractor prior to construction to establish pre-construction conditions. Contractor may accept existing cross-sections as pre-construction cross-sections. C. Intermediate Cross-Sections: Obtained by Contractor to establish extent of work, such as to remove disturbed soil and to repair slope failures. D. Final Cross-Sections: Obtained by Contractor at completion of excavation and/or fill. E. Design Cross-Section: Proposed channel section shown on Plans showing final grades. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01350— Submittal Procedures. B. Submit plotted cross-sections and earthwork quantity calculations in tabular form. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Refer to Section 01450/01440 PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIAL A. Refer to Section 02255 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Excavating and Backfilling SS02315 -2/5 Standard Specifications PART 3:-EXECUTION 3.1 . ;SITE,PREPARATION A. Prepare the site for construction-in accordance with Section 02200 — Site Preparation. B: Remove .grass:and,other vegetative cover from :areas to;.be:excavated or filled: C. Remove material that may interfere with the proposed work, including unusable materials, disturbed -soils. and/or I-objectionable- material as`. directed by Engineer D. Engineer will inspect and-approve foundation soil prior to placement of fill. 3.2 TOPSOIL A. ;Refer;to-Section 02910 -:Topsoil: . • 3.3 CARE AND CONTROL OF;WATER A. Refer to Section 01564 3.4 CONSTRUCTION (1.16\ A. _Construct to lines,,grades,and dimensions shown on the Plans. B. Return over-excavation beyond the specified limits to grade at no cost to the, District in accordance with Paragraph 3.5 of this Section. C. Do not cast or place material,:either'temporarily,Cr=permanently, on top of bank without approval of Engineer. D Do not- cut temporary shelves into side slopes'' without: approval of Engineer. E. Correct grading that results in standing water at no cost to the Gt.j• F ; Grade side`slopes as"required.by the Engineer to smoothly transition the lateral into the main channel at locations where.. lateral ditches enter the channel. :.: : 3.5 FILL A Level soil surface prior to placing first layer of fill B Compaction of-foundation, soil surface shall be considered satisfactory when the Contractor is capable of.achieving specified compaction for the first layer of fill. C.; Protect foundation soils:and/or fill soils from detrimental drying. . D. Scarify surfaces to receive fill to ensure proper bonding. When the:surface can:be penetrated,.by.tamping roller.:feet additional scarification is usually not."necessary E. .Cut into existing .(undisturbed) material in::a "benching" or "stair step" Clik‘ _fashion., Each bench.shall form;' a horizontal-surface' and corresponding S/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications ,:.;;02315.=".3/5 Excavating and Backfilling nearly vertical surface. The height difference between adjacent horizontal surfaces shall be a minimum of 3 feet. F. Mechanically compact backfill provided under Section 02255 - Fill Material in 8-inch maximum layers, loose measure, to not less than 95 percent of maximum standard dry density (ASTM D 698) within plus or minus 3 percent of optimum moisture content. Where approved for use by the Engineer, fat clay (CH) soil shall be mechanically compacted to not less than 95 percent or more than 98 percent of maximum standard dry density (ASTM D 698) at or within plus 3 percent of optimum moisture content. G. Refer to Section SSO23l6- Structural Excavating and Backfilling for backfilling behind retaining structures, unless shown otherwise on the Plans. 3.6 BACKSLOPE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Backslope swale and interceptor structure elevations and locations shown on the Plans are approximate. Final elevations and locations shall be field verified by the Engineer prior to installation. Minor changes in location and grade shall be considered incidental and no extra payment will be made for such adjustments. 3.7 MAINTENANCE OF DRAINAGE A. Maintain constant flow and drainage in the main and lateral channels, backslope swales and off-site swales. 3.8 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Use means, methods, sequences and scheduling to minimize erosion and sedimentation and other damage to the project site and facilities, including the following: 1. Limit work in this Section to no more than 1500 feet of channel at any time. 2. Construct backslope drainage system, silt fences and vegetate each reach of the channel as soon as practical. Refer to Section 0156C/. 0t561 and Section5S02921-Turf Establishment. 3. Failure to construct erosion control facilities in a timely manner,may result in a directive to do so. Engineer may stop construction on the project if, in the opinion of the Engineer, conditions warrant such action. 4. Remove sediment and debris prior to final acceptance of the Work by the Engineer at no additional cost to the City. The removal of sediment includes reaches of channel downstream of the project where sedimentation occurred due to construction of this Project. 5. Comply with terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) permit, the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and Best Management Practices (BMPs)for 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Excavating and Backfilling SS 02315.-4/5 Standard Specifications (111a6\ this P Project, if applicable. 3.9 MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Refer to Section 01562 END OF SECTION 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications 6502315 - 5/5 Excavating and Backfilling ("6\ SECTION SS 02316 2 6 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING i♦arris County flood Control District PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for excavating and backfilling under, above and adjacent to structures, including riprap and buried riprap. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement and payment is made under this Section. Include the cost for the work under this Section in the related item listed on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 698 — Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soils Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600kN-m/m3)). 1.4 CONSTRUCTION TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Refer to Section 01450 and `01.440 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIAL A. Refer to Section 02255 2.2 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND A. Refer to Section 0225.2— Cement Stabilized Sand. 2.3 CONCRETE BACKFILL A. Refer to Section $S 03,10.Concrete, Non-structural. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Structural Excavating Standard Specifications SS 02316 - 1/5 and Backfilling 2,4 ,FLOWABLE:;FILL 2.5 SUBGRADE STABILIZATION A Provide stabilized subgrade or stabilized soil backfill as indicated in the Specifications, as noted on the Unit Price Schedule or as noted in the Plans: 2.6 SAND OR GRAVEL BACKFILL A. Provide sand or gravel backfill" in accordance with :the' material and gradation requirements as noted on the Plans: 2.7 GRANULAR;FILL A. Refer to Section SS023 Riprap and Granular Fill. 2.8 TOPSOIL A. Refer to.Section 02910-Topsoil. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3:1 SITE PREPARATION, INCLUDING REMOVING VEGETATION A. Refer to Section 02200 Site ' Preparation B. Remove grass and other vegetative cover from areas to be excavated or to receive fill. ; 3.2 EXCAVATION _ A. Determine the size, shape and dimensions of the excavation necessary to accomplish the Work within the project site. This includes selecting the means, methods and techniques of excavation and other related matters. Extend the excavation a sufficient distance from walls and'edges of the structure to allow'for placing and removing of forms and trench safety systems,for inspection,and installing ancillary items. Complete`excavations within the following tolerances: 1. Perform. structural excavation to the grade necessary to provide the minimum design thickness as shown on the.Plans and to allow the top to be no higher than the design grade. 2: Cut vertical planes for footing excavations to neat'lines with a tolerance of minus 1/2 inch to plus 3 inches. 8/31/2005 Structure! Excavating Harris`County Flood Control District And Backfilling GS 02316 -2/5 Standard Specifications 3. Excavate to the elevations shown on the Plans formingrelatively a level undisturbed subgrade surface free of mud or other soft material. Excavation extending deeper than the Plan elevations is considered unauthorized excavation unless it meets the criteria defined in Paragraph 3.2.B. Fill unauthorized excessive excavation as directed by the Engineer at no cost to the. C►L 1• . B. Notify the Engineer when the bottom of the excavation, at the elevation shown, is not within the foundation bearing material shown on the Plans or is unsuitable for foundation bearing. Do not excavate to.deeper levels without authorization from the Engineer. Remove pockets of soft or otherwise unstable soils and replace with satisfactory material as directed by the Engineer compacted to match adjacent stable soil or as directed by the Engineer. C. Protect open excavation from rainfall, freezing or excessive drying to maintain the foundation subgrade or backfill in a satisfactory condition. Subgrade soils which become soft, loose or otherwise unsatisfactory for support of the foundation resulting from inadequate excavation protection, dewatering,or other construction methods, shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory material, as directed by the Engineer, at no cost to the CiLs• 3.3 SHEETING, SHORING AND BRACING A. Perform sheeting, shoring and bracing of excavations as required to properly and safely complete the work as shown on the Plans. Install sheeting, shoring and bracing to prevent the excavation from extending beyond specified or indicated limits and to protect adjacent structures or improvements. B. Protect workmen and the public with sheeting, shoring and bracing that is in strict conformity with Section 01610 —Trench Safety System. C. Care shall" be taken to prevent voids during the installation, use and removal of sheeting. Immediately fill voids with satisfactory material as directed by the Engineer and compact. D. Remove sheeting, shoring and bracing after completion of the structure unless approval has been granted by. the Engineer, in writing, to leave members in place. 3.4 CARE AND CONTROL OF WATER. A. Refer to Section 01564 3.5 PLACING BACKFILL A. Place backfill in 8 inch maximum layers (loose measure) to the elevation of surrounding natural ground or to the lines and grades shown on Plans. B. Place backfill as promptly as practicable after completion of the structure or 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Structural Excavating Standard Specifications SS 02316 - 3/5 and Backfilling portion of a structure. C. Placing operations shall be performed in such a manner as not to impair safety or serviceability of the structure. Do not place backfill against concrete walls or similar structures until all affected concrete has been in place at least 14 days and attained the minimum design compressive strength, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. D. Do not backfill where the top of walls are supported by slabs or intermediate walls until the slab or intermediate walls have been placed • and cured. Do not backfill until the minimum curing requirement and • minimum design compressive strength have been met unless otherwise shown on the Plans. E. Prevent any wedging action of backfill against the structure. Step cut (bench) the slopes bounding the excavation, as required, to prevent wedging. • F. Use sand or gravel backfill for backfilling behind sheet pile walls, wingwalls, • retaining 'walls, rectangular concrete channel: walls or other retaining structures. Backfill in the zone for a distance'of 3 feet from the wall to 1.5 foot below the top of the wall, unless shown otherwise on the Plans. Backfill the 1.5 foot zone with 1 foot of clay soil conforming'to Part 2 of this Section and backfill the top 6 inches with topsoil conforming to Section 02910 -Topsoil. G. Excavate 3 feet or less around abutment backwalls, inlets and rnanholes and fill with cement stabilized sand, unless shown otherwise on the Plans. 3.6 COMPACTING BACKFILL A. Mechanically compact soil backfill as follows: 1. Compact to not less than 95 percent of maximum standard dry density (ASTM D 698) within plus or minus 3 percent of the optimum moisture content. 2. Where approved for use, by the Engineer, fat clay (CH) soil shall be mechanically compacted to not less than 95 percent or more than 98 percent 'of maximum standard dry density (ASTM D 698) at or within plus 3 percent of the optimum moisture content. 3. Compact sand and/or gravel backfill, behind retaining walls including the top 1 foot of backfill material utilizing hand operated tamping or vibratory plate type of compaction equipment. Compact to no less than 90 percent of maximum standard dry density (ASTM D 698) within plus or minus 3 percent of the optimum moisture content. 4. Compact cement stabilized sand to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 200 psi in 48 hours when compacted to at least 95 percent maximum standard dry density (ASTM D 698) and in accordance with Section 02252--Cement Stabilized Sand. 5. Compact stabilized subgrade or stabilized soil backfill in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 8/31/2005 Structural Excavating Harris County Flood Control District And Backfilling .5502316 -4/5 Standard Specifications 6'. Consolidate concrete backfill in accordance with Section 6s33i-0_ Concrete. B. Prevent damage to structures caused by backfilling or other construction operations. 3.7 MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Refer to Section 0i562. END OF SECTION rib\ 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Structural Excavating Standard Specifications SS 02316 - 5/5 and Backfilling Ch\' SECTION SS 02378 RIPRAP AND GRANULAR FILL Harris County flood Control District PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for furnishing and installing riprap and granular fill and filling and burying riprap, when required. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Where there is not a separate item listed on the Unit Price Schedule for work in this Section, no separate measurement and payment is made. Include cost for work under this Section in the related item listed on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. D. Excavation for riprap and buried riprap will not be measured separately, but is incidental to riprap surface measurement. E. Riprap and granular fill used in toe walls, grade beams or termination trenches are incidental to surface measurement. F. On-site topsoil will not be measured and paid separately, but is incidental to riprap surface measurement. G. Imported topsoil will be paid for as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Keep the storage area clean, firm, smooth and well drained in order that the product can be placed with a minimum of foreign matter. B. Stockpile and handle riprap and granular fill to minimize segregation of particle sizes either in the stockpile or while loading, hauling and handling. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 RIPRAP A. Provide riprap consisting of broken concrete or stone. Provide riprap that is dense, durable and hard material free from cracks, seams and other defects which would increase deterioration from handling and natural causes. B. Shape and Dimensions. 1. Provide riprap in cubic form, rather than elongated (fiat) shapes. 2. Provide riprap with a minimum thickness of 6 inches. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications 5502378 - 1/4 Riprap and Granular Fill 3. No more than 25 percent shall have a length greater than 2-1/2 times the width or thickness. No length shall exceed 3 times the width or thickness. C. Do not provide spalls, fragments and chips exceeding 5 percent by weight. The dimension and shape limitations do not apply to this portion of the riprap. D. Where broken concrete is used, cut exposed metal flush with the surface prior to placing the riprap. E. Provide riprap conforming to the following tables: TABLE 1 RIPRAP GRADATION NO. 1 Stone Weight Volume Cubical Shape Spherical Shape Percent Lbs. Cubic Ft(2) Ft(Each Side) Ft(Dia.) Lighter Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper by Weight Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit 100 180 265 1.20 1.77 1.06 1.21 1.31 1.50 50 80 110 0.53 0.73 0.81 0.90 1.01 1.12 15 40 60 0.27 0.40 0.64 0.74 0.80 0.91 Notes: 1. The theoretical cube and sphere size is presented for guidance only. Paragraph 2.1 shall control riprap shape and dimensions. 2. Volume is based on 150 pcf, unit weight. 3. Riprap Gradation No. 1 is to be used where an 18 inch thick riprap mat is noted on the Plans. TABLE 2 RIPRAP GRADATION NO. 2 Stone Weight Volume Cubical Shape Spherical Shape Percent Lbs. Cubic Ft(2) Ft(Each Side), Ft(Dia.) Lighter Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper by Weight Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit 100 260 640 1.73 4.27 1.20 1.62 1.49 2.01 50 130 200 0.87 1.33 0.95 1.10 1.18 1.37 15 40 150 0.27 1.00 0.64 1.00 0.80 1.24 Notes: 1. The theoretical cube and sphere size is presented for guidance only. Paragraph 2.1 shall control riprap shape and dimensions. 2. Volume is based on 150 pcf, unit weight. 3. Riprap Gradation No.2 is to be used where a 24 inch thick riprap mat is noted on the Plans. 2.2 GRANULAR FILL A. Provide granular fill consisting of concrete or stone. Provide granular fill that is dense, durable and hard material. B. Provide granular fill, as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer, to the following dimensions: 1. Provide 3 inch to 5 inch granular fill with no material diameter less than 3 inches and no material diameter greater than 5 inches. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Riprap and Granular Fill SS 02378 -2/4 Standard Specifications 2. Provide 4 inch to 8 inch granular fill with no material diameter less than 4 inches and no material diameter greater than 8 inches: 3. Provide riprap Gradation No: ;1 ,and Gradation No. 2 as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. C. Do not provide spalls, fragments and chips exceeding 5 percent by weight. D. Where broken concrete is used, cut exposed metal flush with the:surface prior to placing granular fill. 2.3 GEOTEXTILE A. Refer to Section'02370— Geotextile PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GRADE PREPARATION A. Refer to.Section 01564-Care and Control of Water. B. Trim and dress the channel bottom and side slopes to proper lines and. grade prior to placing riprap or granular fill. Where shown on the Plans, place geotextile in accordance with Section 02379 Geotextiles for,. Erosion Control Systems. C. The Engineer will inspect prepared. section prior to placing geotextile, riprap or granular fill. 3.2 ` EXCAVATION AND FILL A. Excavate the channel. Refer to SectionSS02315 — Excavating and Backfilling. B. Excavate for riprap. Refer to Section SS02316-Structural Excavating and Backfilling. 3.3 RIPRAP OR GRANULAR FILL PLACEMENT A. Place the riprap or granular fill to the slopes,lines and grades as shown on the Plans. B. To establish a well-graded mass of riprap with minimal voids, fill voids between larger riprap blocks with spalls and smaller blocks of the largest feasible size to form a compact mass. Do not place spalls and small blocks in place of larger size riprap or granular fill. C. Install riprap and granular fill mat to the thickness as shown on the Plans. Riprap shall' have minimum 'mat thickness as shown on the gradation tables. D. Place the riprap and granular fill to avoid displacement or damage to the prepared surface or geotextile and in a manner to avoid segregation of particle sizes. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications P S$02378 374 Riprap and Granular Fill E. Fill riprap voids and bury riprap a minimum of 6 inches with topsoil on side slopes as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Riprap and Granular Fill SS 02378 -4/4 Standard Specifications sE.CTt O N SS 02921 Ala TURF ESTABLISHMENT Harris County flood Control District PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for preparation of the seedbed and planting of turfgrass. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Refer to Section 0120'0 — Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. C. Areas with existing turfgrass cover not disturbed under this Contract, channel bottoms and areas not requiring turf establishment will not be paid for. D. Areas beyond limits of the construction work which are disturbed due to the Contractor's techniques, access and related activities are not included in the measurement and are incidental. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 SOD A. Refer to Section 02922—Sod. 2.2 SEED A. Refer to Section 02921 -Seed. 2.3 MULCH AND TACKIFIER A. Refer to Section 02921 2.4 FERTILIZER A. Refer to SectionSS©293Er Fertilizer. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications SS 02921 - 1/6 Turf Establishment PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform turf establishment as soon as practical after construction activities, but not later than 14 calendar days. Long term exposure of bare earth will not be permitted. Engineer may stop work on the project until exposed areas receive the designated turf establishment. B. Do not perform work on wet areas so that equipment operation causes rutting of the ground or when the soil is in a non-tillable condition. 3.2 SEEDBED PREPARATION A. Seedbed is defined as the soil designated to support turfgrass and/or sod, 4-6 inches in depth below the design surface or as directed by the Engineer. B. Correct irregularities in finished seedbed surfaces to eliminate-depressions. C. Disk, harrow, rake or grade the seedbed until it is free of clods and roots. D. Remove,roots and woody plants over 1 inch in diameter. E. Leave final surface in a loosened condition. F. Avoid surface- crusting of.. the seedbed after rainfall, prior to turf establishment. Disk, harrow or rake to loosen soil surface. G. Grade the seedbed adjacent to existing turfgrass or pavement for areas receiving sod to permit sod to be flush with adjacent surfaces. H. Protect prepared seedbeds from damage by pedestrian or vehicular traffic. I. Obtain prepared seedbed inspection and acceptance from the Engineer prior to other turf establishment activities. 3.3 SEEDING A. Seed shall be applied in accordance with the following. SEED PLANTING SEEDING RATE PLAN 'DATES PLANT SPECIES (pounds/acre) 1 October 1 "KY-31"Tall Fescue 15 to Common Bermudagrass 50 March 31 (60% Hulled and 40% Unhulled by weight) "Gulf" Annual Ryegrass 15 Crimson Clover& Inoculant 20 2 April 1 *Foxtail Millet 15 to Common Bermudagrass . 60 Sept. 30 (60% Hulled and 40% Unhulled by weight). 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Turf Establishment ... SS02921 -2/6 Standard Specifications SEED PLANTING SEEDING RATE PLAN . " : DATES PLANT SPECIES (pounds/acre) 3 - April 1 ',:*Foxtail Millet : : 15 to Hulled Common Bermudagrass-' 60 Sept.::,30 "Pensacola" Bahiagrass 15 4-:; As Directed Hulled Common Bermudagrass 50 5 As Directed Crimson.Clover& Inoculant - 20 6 As,Directed "Gulr Annual Ryegrass 30 ICY-31 Tall Fescue 15 7 . - As Directed *,. ;Common Bermudagrass 50 (60% Hulled and 40% Unhulled by weight) Winter Wheat or Winter Oats 10 Crimson Clover& Inoculant 20 8 As Directed Green Sprangletop 3 Sideoats Grama Grass 5 .Wildrye ,.._ 8 :. Little Bluestem 8 Lovegrass= 2 Three-awn 4 Indicates MAXIMUM APPLICATION RATE ALLOWED. B. Planting dates are approximate. Engineer will determine which Seed Plan to use prior to the start of seeding. C.' Seed Plan 1:is used when the average maximum daylight air temperature for the preceding two calendar weeks is less than`75 degrees.F. D. Seeding rate. -is for "Pure Live Seed (PLS). Percentage of purity, germination and dormant seeds, as shown on the seed tag, shall be used . to determine the actual application rate of bulk material to obtain required amount of PLS per- acre.- PLS = (%germination + %dormant seed)x %purity E. Seed Plans 4-8 are used only when shown on the Plans or when directed by the Engineer. . • 3.4 PLANTING METHODS A. Method of planting is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule, on the Plans or .'` as directed by the Engineer. 8/31/2005 Harris County.Flood Control District Standard,Specifications SS 02921: 3/6. Turf Establishment 3.5 DRY APPLICATION A. Spread fertilizer evenly and uniformly. incorporate fertilizer by disking, raking or harrowing into the seedbed prior to seeding. B. Seeding. 1. Plant seed with a broadcast seeder or a culti-packer seeder. Plant grass seed no deeper than 1/4 inch and the distance between rows 12 inches or less. Distribute seed uniformly. 2. Roll the planted seedbed with a culti-packer immediately after seeding and prior to applying mulch cover. 3. Seed may be broadcast by hand for small areas or areas inaccessible to seeding equipment, as approved by the Engineer. Areas seeded by.. hand shall be rolled or lightly compacted, if possible. C. Mulching. 1. Spread straw or hay mulch on seeded areas with a slope steeper than 6H:1V immediately after application of seed. 2. Apply straw or hay mulch at a rate per acre to create a uniform mat of coverage a minimum of 1/2 inch thick to protect the seedbed. 3. Secure straw or hay mulch with hydromulch or other approved methods. a. Apply a hydromulch, consisting of an .homogeneous aqueous mixture of recycled paper fiber, water and tackifier or soil stabilizer, to achieve a rate of 1,000 pounds of paper fiber mulch per acre. over the straw mulch. Apply guar gum tackifier at a minimum rate of 50 pounds (dry weight) per acre. b. Application rate for other tackifier or soil stabilizer compounds shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations: and approved by the Engineer. 3.6 HYDROSEEDING WITH MULCH . . A. Hydroseeding with mulch is the application of an homogeneous aqueous mixture of seed, water, fertilizer, dye, wood fiber mulch and tackifier/soil stabilizer to the seedbed. B. Add completely water soluble synthetic fertilizer, e.g., 1:2:2 ratio fertilizer at rate per Section S$0293G Fertilizer (do not use slow release fertilizer containing sulfur coated urea (scu)) or organic fertilizer per Section 02936 — Fertilizer to the aqueous mixture no more than 30 minutes prior to application to prevent damage to the seed. C. Apply guar gum tackifier at a minimum rate of 50:pounds (dry weight) per acre. D. Apply wood fiber mulch at a rate of 2,000 pounds (dry weight) per acre. E. Application rate for other tackifier or soil stabilizer compounds shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and approved by the Engineer. . . 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Turf Establishment SS 02921 -4/6 Standard Specifications 3.7 OVERSEEDING A. Overseeding is the broadcast application of seed (per Seed Plan 4, 5 or 6) and fertilizer to an area with existing vegetation. B. Mow site prior to overseeding at the direction of the Engineer. C. Lightly disk or harrow soil surface no more than 1 inch deep. D. Culti-pack area to cover seed with 1/4 inch of soil. 3.8 SODDING A. Place sod in areas as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. B. Refer to Section 02922 —Sod. As a minimum: 1. Spread slow release fertilizer evenly and uniformly and incorporate by disking, harrowing or raking into the seedbed prior to placing sod. 2. Sod Panels. a. Place sod panels tightly against each other in rows. b. Stagger lateral joints. Exercise care to ensure the sod is not stretched or overlapped and joints are butted tightly with no spaces between strips. c. Place a minimum of 4 staples per sod panel. 3. Sod Rolls. a. Provide rolls 24 inches wide. Sod roll is equivalent to two rows of (111116. sod panels. Do not provide rolls wider than 24 inches unless shown otherwise on the Plans. For sod rolls greater than 24 inches wide, provide a staple plan for approval. b. Exercise care to ensure the sod rolls are not stretched and joints are butted tightly with no spaces between roll ends. c. Place staples every 24 inches along each side. Stagger staples on opposing sides by 12 inches. Place additional staples in corners at roll ends and at the center of each end. d. Cut ends of sod rolls at 45 degree angle before placing adjacent rolls together. 4. Tamp or roll the sod after placement to ensure good contact with the seedbed. 5. Water sod during installation to prevent excessive moisture loss. 6. Immediately after installation of sod, remove extraneous clumps of sod or soil on sod and rake or wash off plant remnants on sod or adjacent pavements. C. Provide irrigation for a minimum of 60 days or as directed by the Engineer. 3.9 ACCEPTANCE AND CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLITIES A. Engineer will approve turf establishment when specified planting method is complete. B. Replace dead sod panels for a period of 60 days after installation. (1111 ‘ 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications S5_02921 - 5/6 Turf Establishment 3.10 DISPOSAL A. Refer to Section 01-562- . END OF SECTION 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Turf Establishment S502921 - 6/6 Standard Specifications SE CTl o N SS 02936 FERTILIZER Harris County flood Control District PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for fertilizer in support of turf establishment. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement and payment is made under this Section. Include cost for work under this Section in the related item listed on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. C. Refer to Section 01200 _ Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Texas Department of Agriculture— Fertilizer Laws. B. Association of Official Analytical Chemists — Fertilizer Content Analytical Methods. C. 40 CFR Part 503. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01350— Submittal Procedures. B. Submit results of agronomic soil testing of topsoil to Engineer for approval, if available. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver fertilizer in bags or containers, clearly labeled with name and address of the manufacturer, weight and guaranteed analysis. Bulk fertilizer, if approved by the Engineer, must be accompanied by an invoice or label with the name and address of the manufacturer and guaranteed analysis and appropriate means to accurately measure and record weight of fertilizer used. B. Deliver fertilizer in clean, unopened and undamaged'bags. Club\ 8/31/2005 - - Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications SS 02936 - 1/3 Fertilizer PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 FERTILIZER A. Turf Establishment — Planting Methods: Dry Application, Overseeding, and Sodding: 1. Provide pelleted or granulated fertilizer which has the specified analysis packaged in 40 pound bags. 2. The guaranteed analysis represents the percent nitrogen (total N), percent water insoluble nitrogen (where applicable), percent phosphate (citrate soluble P as P205) and percent potash (water soluble K as K20) nutrients as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists. 3. Synthetic Fertilizer. a. Use a complete fertilizer with an analysis ratio of 1:2:2 (N:P:K), such as 10:20:20 with 50% of the nitrogen from sulfur coated urea (scu), or as directed by the Engineer. 4. Organic Fertilizer. a. Use Ag-Org P/L® organic fertilizer or approved equal, when directed by the Engineer. b. Provide fertilizer containing a minimum N:P:K of 4:2:2 that is manufactured by organic processes applied to the base ingredient —uncomposted chicken litter. 'r'•) c. Fertilizer shall consist of approximately 89.5% insoluble and 10.5 soluble nitrogen. d. Provide fertilizer containing at least the following amounts per dry ton derived from its base material without supplemental inclusions or additions: phosphorus (P) 23,000 ppm; potassium (K) 108,000 ppm; sulfur (S) 6,200 ppm; chloride (CI") 9,700 ppm; calcium (Ca) 28,000 ppm; sodium (Na) 6,400; iron (Fe) 2,000 ppm; copper (Cu) 470 ppm; magnesium (Mg) 7,600 ppm; manganese (Mn)440 ppm; and zinc (Zn) 210 ppm. e. Do not exceed acceptable levels of metals listed in 40 CFR Part 503 for fertilizer. Fertilizer must be guaranteed by manufacturer as non-burning. B. . Turf Establishment— Hydroseeding with Mulch: 1. Use a completely soluble synthetic fertilizer or an organic fertilizer as directed by the Engineer. 2. Use a complete synthetic fertilizer with an analysis ratio of 1:2:2 (N:P:K), such as 10:20:20 or an organic fertilizer with an analysis of 4:2:2 (N:P:K) as directed by the Engineer. C. Reject fertilizer containing objectionable material that may hinder proper distribution. D. Use dry and free-flowing fertilizer. Caked fertilizer will be considered nonconforming. 9 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Fertilizer $$ 02936 - 2/3 Standard Specifications PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Refer to Section 02921 —Turf Establishment. B. Apply synthetic fertilizer at a rate of 40 pounds Nitrogen/acre, which is 400 pounds fertilizer/acre of 10:20:20 or apply an organic fertilizer at a rate of 500 pounds fertilizer/acre of 4:2:2 as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications ss 02936 - 3/3 Fertilizer SECTION SS02941 HERBICIDE APPLICATION Norris County flood Control District PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for application of herbicide to control undesirable weeds, brush and trees. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Where there is not a separate item listed on the Unit Price Schedule for work in this Section, no separate measurement and payment is made. Include cost for work under this Section in the related item listed on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.3 SUBMITTALS (.1.6\ . A. Refer to Section 01350—Submittal Procedures. B. Submit the following prior to the start of work: 1. Herbicide Application Plan clearly stating: a. Product(s). b. List of Application Regulatory Agencies. c. Scheduling Information. d. Herbicide Equipment. e. Mixing Rates. f. Application Rates. g. Method of Application. h. Location of Each Product to beApplied. 2. Copies of manufacturer's labels, product data and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)for all products to be used. 3. Applicator qualifications, as follows: a. Copy of the applicator company's state business license. b. Copy of each current Certified Commercial Applicators License and evidence of Applicator's qualifications in required categories for work under this Contract. 1.4 APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor must possess a Pest Control Commercial Business License. (111b. 8/31/2005 • Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications SS 02941 - 1/3 Herbicide Application B. Utilize spray applicators that hold a current Certified Commercial Applicators License and are qualified in required categories for applying herbicides in the State of Texas and Harris County: 1.5 HERBICIDE SPILLS A. Report spills immediately to the Engineer and agencies as required by law. Use responsible care and means in clean up of spills and.:disposal of materials used to clean up spill. : B. Refer to Section 01562.-Material Disposal. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL .: A. Provide a herbicide that assures the required control and is in compliance with°all Federal, State and local requirements. B. Acceptable products for herbicide application include. Rodeo®, AquaMaster®, Plateau®, Round-Up® (Isopropylamine Salt of Glyphosate) or approved.equal. C. Provide a marker dye in the herbicide to easily identify treatment of:cut stumps or other areas as directed by the Engineer. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Apply herbicide in accordance with manufacturer's product label, recommendations and MSDS. B.` Follow safety procedures and use safety equipment as required by regulatory agencies and as stated on manufacturer's product information, recommendations and MSDS. C. Apply herbicide only to areas as shown on the Plans or designated by the Engineer to control undesirable vegetation, including aquatic species. Areas of application may include parts or all of the channel rights-of-way, including the channel bottom, channel. side slopes, berm',and: backslope swale. D. Engineer will provide a list-of vegetation to be controlled. E. Avoid application of herbicide to areas where desirable grasses or other desirable vegetation is established. Replace desirable vegetation killed by herbicide application at no cost to the Cik.5. . 3.2 CLEARING SITE A. Apply herbicide within 2 hours of cutting tree and brush stumps. Re-cut stumps if application of herbicide is more than 2 hours after initial cutting. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Herbicide Application S$02941 - 2/3 Standard Specifications to B. Treat each stump individually to ensure proper application and dosage control the target plant C. General area spraying of herbicides is not permitted. 3.3 HERBICIDE MIXTURES A. Prepare chemical and water mixtures with potable water. B. Do not use water from drainage ditches and channels. C. Prepare only the amount of herbicide mixture required for immediate use. 3.4 PERFORMANCE A. Clearing Projects: 1. Achieve 100 percent control of target species. 2. Re-cut and re-treat target species if new growth appears within 60 s da .of first'- y application at no additional cost tothe City B. General Herbicide Usage: 1. Achieve at least.95 percent control of target species. 2. Control of target species shall be achieved 18 days after completion of herbicide application or within approved manufacturer's label time 3. If control has not been achieved, make additional ap plications within `; 15 days of request by Engineer until the required results have been achieved, at no additional cost to the G . 3.5 ' CLEAN UP AND DISPOSAL A. Store or dispose of unused herbicide mixtures in accordance with current. regulations and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Refer to Section 01562.- Material-Disposal. END OF SECTION ($11. \' 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications S502941 -3/3 Herbicide Application SI CTI O N SS 03310 Alk CONCRETE Harris County flood Control District PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for cast-in-place concrete. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Where there is not a separate item listed on the Unit Price Schedule for work in this Section, no separate measurement and payment is made. Include cost for work under this Section in the related item listed on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.3 REFERENCE A. ACI 117 — Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 7\' B. ACI 211.1 — Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. C. ACI 214.3R — Simplified Version of the Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. D. ACI 302.1 R — Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. E. ACI 304R — Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. F. ACI 305R — Hot Weather Concreting. G. ACI 308 — Curing Concrete. H. ACI 309R — Consolidation of Concrete. I. ACI 315 - — Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. J. ACI 318 — Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. K. ASTM A 82 — Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. L. ASTM A 185 — Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. M. ASTM A 615 — Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. N. ASTM A 767 — Zinc-coated (Galvanized) Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. O. ASTM A 775 — Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars. P. ASTM A 884 — Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement. Q. ASTM C 33 — Concrete Aggregates. R. ASTM C 94 — Ready-Mixed Concrete. (11.**\I 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications SS03310 - 1/9 Concrete S. ASTM C 138 — Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. T. ASTM C 143 — Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. U. ASTM C 150 — Portland Cement. V. ASTM C 172 — Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. W. ASTM C 173 — Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Volumetric Method. X. ASTM C 231 — Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Pressure Method. Y. ASTM C 260 — Air-Entraining Admixtures for.Concrete. Z. ASTM C 309 — Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. AA.ASTM C 494 — Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. BB. ASTM C 595 — Blended Hydraulic Cements. CC.ASTM C 685 — Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing. DD.ASTM C 1077- Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria ..for Laboratory Evaluation. EE. CPMB-100 — Concrete Plant Standards, Part 2 — Plant_ Control Systems. FF. CRSI — Placing Reinforcing Bars. GG.CRSI MSP-1 — Manual of Standard Practice. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01350 — Submittal Procedures. B. Submit proposed mix design and strength test data for each type and strength of concrete used. C. Submit laboratory reports prepared by an independent testing laboratory verifying that materials used comply with the requirements of this Section. D. Provide manufacturer's mill certificates for reinforcing steel for inspection in the field. Steel not accompanied. by manufacturer's mill certificates will not be approved. Provide specimens for testing when required by Engineer. E. Provide batch tickets showing mix design number and the information required by ASTM C 94 for ready-mixed concrete delivered to the site. Provide batch tickets showing the information required by ASTM C 685 for concrete produced by continuous mixing. F. Submit certification from concrete supplier that materials and equipment used to produce and deliver concrete comply with this Section. G. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, when required, showing reinforcement type, quantity, size, length, location, spacing, bending, splicing, support, fabrication details and other pertinent information. H. For waterstops, submit product information, including manufacturer's description literature, installation instructions and specifications. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Concrete S9 03310 - 2/9 Standard Specifications I. Submit curing procedures including materials and equipment to be used. 1.5 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Reinforcing Steel: Store reinforcing steel to protect it from damage and formation of excessive rust. Protect epoxy-coated steel from damage to the coating. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. =Cementitious Material: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Typel/Il or II, unless the use of Type III is authorized by Engineer; or ASTM C 595, Type IP. For concrete in contact with sewage, use.Type I I cement. 2. When aggregates are potentially reactive with alkalis in cement, use cement not exceeding 0.6 percent alkali content in the form of Na2O + 0.658 K20. B. Water: Clean, free from harmful amounts of oils, acids, alkalis or other deleterious substances and meeting requirements of ASTM C 94. C. Aggregate: 1. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33. Unless otherwise indicated, use the following ASTM standard sizes: No. 357 or No..467; No. 57.or No. 67, No. 7. Maximum size:. Not larger than 1/5 of the minimum dimension between sides of forms, nor larger than 3/4 of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33. 3. Determine the potential reactivity of fine and coarse aggregate in accordance with the Appendix to ASTM C 33. D. Air Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C 260. E. Chemical Admixtures: 1. Water Reducers: ASTM C 494, Type A. 2. Water Reducer and Retarder: ASTM C 494, Type D. 3. High Range Water Reducer (Superplasticizer): ASTM C 494, Types F and G. F. Prohibited Admixtures: Admixtures containing. calcium chloride, thiocyanate, or materials that contribute free chlorine ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. G. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Use new billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, ASTM A 767, or ASTM A 775, grade 40 unless otherwise shown on Plans. Use deformed bars except where smooth bars are specified. When placed in work, keep steel free of dirt, scale, loose or flaky rust, paint, oil or other harmful materials. 2. Where shown, use welded wire fabric with wire conforming to 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control.District Standard Specifications $ 03310 - 3/9 Concrete ASTM A 185 or ASTM 'A 884. Supply the gauge and spacing shown, with longitudinal and transverse wires .electrically,welded together at points of intersection with welds strong enough not to be broken during handling or placing. 3. Wire: ASTM A 82. Use 16-1/2 gauge minimum for tie wire unless - otherwise shown on the Plans. H. Curing Compounds: Liquid membrane-forming compounds conforming to ASTM C 309, with white or other heat reflecting pigment. 2.2 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Lumber and Plywood: Seasoned and of good quality, free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay and other imperfections which would affectstrength or impair the finished surface of concrete. Use S4S lumber for facing and sheathing. B. Formwork: For exposed concrete indicated tb receive rubbed finish, provide form or form-lining surfaces free of irregularities.. C. Form Ties:Metal or fiberglass of approved type with'tie holes not larger than 7/8 inch in diameter. D. Metal Forms: Clean and in good condition, free from dents and rust, grease or other foreign material that tend to mar or discolor concrete, in a gauge •. and . condition capable of supporting concrete and construction loads without significant distortion. Countersink bolt and rivet heads on facing sides. Use only metal 'forms which present a smooth surface and which line up properly. 2.3 PRODUCTION METHODS A., Use either ready-mixed concrete conforming to requirements of ASTM C 94 or concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C 685: 2.4 : MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS A. Measure dry materials by weight, except volumetric proportioning may be used when concrete is batched and mixed in accordance with ASTM C 685. B. Measure water and liquid admixtures by volume. . 2.5 DESIGN MIX A ..Use design mixes prepared by a certified testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM C 1077 and conforming to requirements of this Section. - B. Proportion concrete materials based on ACI 211.1 to comply with durability and strength requirements of ACI 318, Chapters 4 and 5, and this Section. C. Proportioning on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures in 8/31/2005 Harris.County Flood Control District Concrete SS 03310 4/9 Standard Specifications accordance with the requirements of Sec tion coon 5.3 of ACI 318 may be used, if approved by Engineer. D. Classification: Minimum 28-Day Consistency Compressive Maximum Air Range in Cementitious Strength W/C Content Slump Content Type (Lbs./sq.in.) Ratio (Percent) (Inches) (Lbs./cy) Structural 3000 0.55 3-5 2 to 4 470 Non-Structural 1500 n/a 3-5 5 to 7 329 E. Determine air content in accordance with ASTM C 138, ASTM C 173 or ASTM C 231. F. Use of Concrete Types: Use types of concrete as indicated on the Plans Unless indicated otherwise on the Plans or Specifications, use non- structural, unreinforced concrete for pipe plugs, seal slabs, thrust blocks, trench dams and concrete fill; use structural, reinforced concrete for all other applications. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS AND SHORING Csb ' A. Install forms in accordance with ACI 30 4R. B. Provide mortar-tight forms sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. Set and maintain forms to lines designated such that finished dimensions of structures are within the tolerances specified in AC1 117. Construct forms to permit removal without damage to concrete. Provide adequate cleanout openings. Before placing concrete, remove extraneous matter from within forms. C. Unless otherwise indicated, form outside corners and edges with triangular 3/4-inch chamfer strips (measured on sides). D. Remove metal form ties to depth of at least 3/4 inch from surface of concrete. Do not use pipe spreaders. Remove spreaders which are separate from forms as concrete is being placed. E. Immediately before the concrete is placed, wet surface of forms which will come in contact with concrete. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcing steel as shown on the Plans. Secure steel in position in forms to prevent misalignment. Welding of reinforcing steel is not permitted unless noted on the Plans. Maintain reinforcing steel in place using approved concrete, hot-dip galvanized metal or plastic chairs and spacers. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars." Request inspection of reinforcing steel by Engineer 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications SS 03310 5/9 Concrete before concrete is placed. B. Minimum spacing center-to-center of parallel bars: 2-1/2 times nominal bar diameter. Minimum cover measured from surface of concrete to face of reinforcing bar unless shown otherwise on the Plans: 2 inches. C. Detail bars in accordance with ACI 315. Provide reinforcing steel fabricated in accordance with CRSI Publication MSP-1, "Manual of Standard Practice." Bend reinforcing steel to required shape while steel is cold. Do not overbend steel. D. Provide splice and development length of bars as shown on Plans. Stagger splices or locate at points of,low tensile stress. 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Install conduit and piping as shown on the Plans. Locate and fasten conduit, piping and other embedded items in forms. 3.4 BATCHING, MIXING AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. Measure, batch, mix and deliver ready-mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94 and ACI 304R. Produce ready-mixed concrete using an automatic batching system as described in CPMB-100 Concrete Plant Standards, Part 2— Plant Control Systems. B. Measure, mix and deliver concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C 685. C. Maintain concrete. workability without segregation of, material and excessive bleeding. Obtain approval of Engineer before adjustment and change of mix proportions. D. Do not exceed the maximum water-cement ratio of the approved mix design. If all water allowed by the water-cement ratio has not been added at the start of mixing, the remaining water may be added no later than the time of delivery. Addition of water should be in accordance with ASTM C94. E. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F. F. Conform to ACI 305R for batching concrete when air temperature is,above 90 degrees F. G. Clean, maintain and operate equipment so that it thoroughly mixes material. H. Mixing methods other than as described above shall be used only when approved by Engineer. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Concrete SS 03310 - 6/9 Standard Specifications 3.5 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place and consolidate in accordance with ACI 304R and AC! 309R. B. Give at least 24 hours advance notice to Engineer to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing steel, embedded items and other preparations for placing concrete. Place no concrete prior to Engineer's inspection. C. Schedule concrete placing to permit completion of finishing operations in daylight hours. However, if necessary to continue after daylight hours, light the site as required. If rainfall occurs after placing operations are started, provide covering to protect the work. D. Use troughs, pipes and chutes lined with approved metal or synthetic material. Place concrete without allowing segregation. Keep chutes, troughs and pipes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete. Do not allow aluminum material to be in contact with concrete. E. Limit free fall of concrete to prevent segregation. Do not deposit large quantities of concrete at one location so that running or working concrete along forms is required. Do not jar forms after concrete has taken on initial set; do not place any strain on projecting reinforcement or anchor bolts. F. Use tremies for placing concrete in walls and similar narrow or restricted locations. Use tremies made in sections, provide in several lengths, so that outlet may be adjusted to proper height during placement operations. G. When the weather is hot enough to cause the concrete temperature to exceed 90 degrees F, employ means, such as pre-cooling aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, to maintain concrete temperature below 90 degrees F. H. Consolidate each layer of concrete with concrete spading implements and mechanical vibrators of type and adequate number for the size of placement. Apply vibrators to concrete immediately after depositing. Do not use vibrators to aid lateral flow of concrete. Do not over-consolidate concrete. I. Handling and Placing Concrete: Conform to ACI 302.1 R, ACI 304R and AC! 309R. - 3.6 CURING AND REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING A. Comply with ACI 308. Cure by preventing loss of moisture and rapid temperature change for a period of 7 days when Type I/II, II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. B. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. C. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to 7'\ twice the required number of curing days. 8/31/2005 - Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications SS 03310 -7/9 Concrete D. Formed surfaces not requiring rubbed-finished surface 1. Cure by leaving forms in place for the full cure period or forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. Keep wood forms - wet during the curing period. Add water as needed for other types of forms. 2.. Soffit Forms: Leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified design strength unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. E. Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging .the surface. Remove forms from surfaces requiring rubbing only. as . rapidly as rubbing operation progresses. Remove forms from vertical surfaces not requiring rubbed finish when concrete has aged for the required,number of curing days: 2: After rubbed-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete.. F. :.:Unformed Surfaces: Cure with approved membrane curing compound method in accordance with ASTM C 309. 1. After concrete:has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately. seal surface with a :uniform coating of approved . curing- compound, applied. at the rate of coverage recommended by, manufacturer or as directed. by. Engineer. Provide uniform coverage at a minimum rate of 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound pressure u sprayerspower equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items, hand- powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. . 3. Do.not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist' damage, apply an additional, coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage. 3.7 FINISHING A. Patch honeycomb, minor defects and form tie holes in concrete surfaces. with cement mortar mixed 1 part cement to 2 parts fine aggregate. Repair - defects by removing unsatisfactory material and replacing with new concrete, keyed and bonded to existing concrete. Finish to provide 'a uniform surface between patches and existing concrete: 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Concrete SS 03310 - 8/9 . Standard.Specifications B. Apply a broomed finish to all exposed surfaces of interceptor structure inlets and channel lining. Apply broomed finish in a single, continuous stroke perpendicular to flow to produce a uniform surface:. C. Apply a rubbed finish to all,exposed surfaces unless directed otherwise on the Plans or by the Engineer: After pointing has-set sufficiently, wet the surface and perform first surface rubbing with No: 16 carborundum stone or approved equal.: Do not add cement to form surface paste. Rub, sufficiently to bring surface to paste; to remove form marks and projections; and to produce a smooth, dense surface Spread or brush material, which has been ground to paste, uniformly over surface and allow to reset In preparation for final acceptance, clean surfaces and perform final finish rubbing with No.:30 carborundum stone or approved equal. After rubbing, allow'paste on the surface to re-set; then wash surface;,with clean water. Leave structure with a clean, neat and uniform finish::" -3.8 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Remove and repair defective work at no cost to the District. B. If concrete surface is bulged, uneven, :or shows honeycombing or form marks which cannot be "repaired, satisfactorily through patching, remove and replace the defective work as directed by the,Engineer. C. Replace or repair pitted or washed concrete as directed by the Engineer 3.9 TESTING AND INSPECTION, A Refer to Section 01450 an d 014-4-Q 3.10 PROTECTION A. Refer to Section 5S0231GStructural Excavating and Backfilling B. Provide for protection of freshly placed concrete"against damage from precipitation by having sufficient material on-site to protect finished surface. 3.11" MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Refer to Section 01562- END OF SECTION 8/31./2005 Haffis Standard Specifications County Flood Control District cations S 503310- 9/9 Concrete. CITY OF PEARLAND (j1.6' APPENDICES 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND APPENDICES (11.b.\ • APPENDIX A 07/2006 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ($11 CHANNEL LOCK K FLEXIBLE REVETMENT SYSTEM WITH OR WITH OUT POLYESTER REVETMENT CABLES (1111111.\- TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR EROSION CONTROL PARAGRAPH PARAGRAP H TITLE PAGE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SC OPE OF WORK 01 1.2 R EFERENCES 01 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 01 1.4 M EASUREMENT 01 1.5 PAYM ENT 01 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA 02 2.2 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS 02 2.3 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS W/CABLES 02 2.4 CABLE REQUIREMENTS 02 2.5 FILTER FABRIC 03 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 FO. UNDATION PREPARATION 03 3.2 INSTAL LATION OF CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS 04 3.3 REVETMENT CABLE 04 3.4 FINS RING 05 3.5 CONTRACTO R QUALITY CONTROL 05 11111 . `_ PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK: This item consists o f furnishing and installing an interlocking flexible rev etment sy stem(cellular concrete blocks)in accordance with the lines,grades,design and dimensions shown on the plan and drawings and specified herein. 1.2 REFERE NCES: The pub lications listed b elow fo rm a p art o f th is sp ecification to the extent referenced. Th e publications are referred to in the text by the basic designations only. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)Publications. ASTM C 33-97 Concrete Aggregates ASTM C 140-91 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units ASTM D 4268-93 Testing Fiber ropes US Federal Highway Administration(FHWA)and US Bureau of Reclamation(USBR) FHWA RD-89-199 Hydraulic Stability of Articulated Concrete Block Revetment Systems During Overtopping Flow. 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS: (1111111') Materials delivered to the site shall be inspected for dam age, unloaded and st ored with the minimum of handling. C ontractor may designate a storage site at the project for materials to be delivered and stored prior to placement if needed. Stora ge site to be approved by the Contracting Officer. Materials shall n of be stored dir ectly on the g round and sha 11 be kept free of dirt and debris. M aterials shall be so handled as to ensure delivery to the site in sound undamaged condition. Synthetic geotextiles that are not to be installed immediately shall be protected from the direct sunlight and in accordanc e with the applicable portions of the SECTION entitl ed GEOTEXTILES USED FOR FILTERS. 1.4 MEASUREMENT: Unit of m easurement for the cellular concrete blocks sh all be by the square foot of s urface area satisfactorily covered with the cellular concrete blocks. 1.5 PAYMENT: Unit of paym ent for acce ptable cellular concrete bl ocks placed will be made at the cont ract unit price per s quare foot for"cellular c oncrete bl ocks", which price shall include cost s of furnishing,hauling and pl acing the cellular concrete blocks with cables(complete in place,including all components,earth work,materials and equipment necessary for installation). PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA: The interlocking flexible revetment system shall be as described herein known as Channel Lock,or an approved e qual design by the engineer. Hydraulic tes t data and block perform ance according to FHWA-RD-89-199 will b e required to b e submitted for approval b y th e Contracting Officer. Th e concrete blocks shall be a minimum of 32 lbs. PSF(per square foot),shall withstand water flow velocities of 16.6 feet per second and shear stress values of 9.9 lbs.PSF. 2.2 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS: The cellular concrete blocks s hall be octagonal shaped with interlocking components four directional within a 15" module. Each component shall resi st horizontal movement when interlocked into adjacent blocks. (Interlock is hereby defi ned as the i nability t o pull apart or separate when one component is placed in conjunction with another component). The assem bled blocks shall be the open-cell type and have a void space of approximately 18 to 23%to allow for re- vegetation. 2.21 C oncrete Materials: The compressive strength oft he concrete shall be a minimum of 4000 P SI at 28 days. The core compressive strength shall not be less than the minimum and test cores shall be tested at the engineers option. Test procedures shall be in accordance with ASTM C 140-91. Cores failing to meet th e minimum compressive s trength r equirements sha 11 be cause for rejection of the represented lot by the engineer. 2.22 Aggr egate: The aggregate shall meet th e requirements of ASTM C 33-97,except for grading . Aggregate grading shall b e reasonably consistent and shall be well-g raded from the maximum size which can be conveniently handled with available equipment 2.3 CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS WITH CABLES: The cel lular c oncrete blo cks with cables shall be installed as an assembly of concrete blo cks connected by the use of revetment cables. The assembled blocks shall have a range of 18 to 23 Percent Open Area(POA) which may be achie ved by penetrations within the block or by the regular spacing of blocks. 2.4 CABLE REQUIREMENTS: Cable shal 1 be const ructed of hi gh tenacity,low el ongation and cont inuous filament polyester fibers. C ables shall consi st of a core const ruction co mprised of parall el fibers contained within an outer jacket or cover. The weight of the parallel core shall be between 65 to 70 p ercent o f the total w eight o f the cable. Th e r evetment cable sh all have the fo'lowing minimum physical properties: Nominal Cable Diameter: 1/4"-20mm Approximate Strength Lbs. 3,700 Weight/100 feet Minimum-2.47 Maximum-2.74 \ 2.41 The revetm ent cable shall exhi bit goo d t o excellent resistance to most concentrated acids, alkalis and solvents. Cable shall be impervious to rot,mildew and degradation associated with marine organisms. The materials used in the construction shall not be affected by continuous immersion in fresh or salt water. 2.42 Selection of cabl e and fittings shall ensure a safe desi gn factor for mattresses being lifted from both ends,thereby forming a catenary. Consideration shall be taken for the bending of the cables around hooks or pins during lifting. R evetment cable splicing fittings shall be selected so t hat the result splice shall provide a minimum of 75 percent of the minimum rated cable strength. Fittings such as sleeves,s tops and wa shers sha 11 b e in accordance with manufacturer's reco mmendations un less otherwise shown. • 2.43 El ongation Requirements: Requirements listed below are based upon stabilized new and dry cable. The tolerance of these values is plus or minus 5 percent. %Breaking Strength 10%20% 30% Permanent Elongation 0.7 1.8 2.6 (While Working) Elastic Elongation 0.6 1.4 2.2 Total Stretch 1.3 3.2 4.8 2.5 FILTER FABRIC: The filter fabric used for cellu lar concrete blo cks shall be in accordance with the S ECTION entitled GEOTEXTILES USED FOR FILTERS. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 FOUN DATION PREPARATION: Areas on which filter fabric and cellular concrete blocks are to be placed shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown. The subgrade for the cellular concrete blocks shall be free of voids,pits and depressions. Voids,pits and depressions shall be brought to grade by backfilling in accordance with the appl icable port ions oft he SEC TION entitled STRIPPING,EXCA VATION,FIL LING A ND BACKFILLING. Obst ructions,such as roots and projecting stones larger than 1 inch remaining on the surface,sh all be removed and the soft or low density pockets of material removed shall be filled with selected material and compacted to a minimum of 90%proctor density. 3.12 Perim eter: Excavation and preparation for anchor trenches,side trenches,toe trenches and aprons shall be done in accordance to the lines,grades and dimensions shown on the plans. 3.13 Inspect ion: Immediately prior to placing the filter fabric and cellular concrete blocks,the prepared area shall be inspected by the Contractor and approved before the fabric or blocks are placed thereon. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS: 3.21 Filter Fabric: Placement of filter fabric sha 11 be ins tailed in accordance with the SECT ION entitled GEOTEXTILES USED AS FILTERS and as stated herein. 3.22 Placement of Cellular Concrete Blocks: Cellular concrete blocks shall be placed within the limits s hown. The blocks shall be interlocked in a manner which discourages any vertical displacement or horizontal movement. The cellular concrete blocks shall be placed on the filter fabric in such a manner as to produce a level surface. No in ore than 200 linear fe et of filter fabric shall be la id before covered with concrete blocks. Fabric installed more than two(2) days not covered by b locks shall be lifted and the surface o f th e slope inspected for slope defects. The Contracting Officer will require uncovered fabric to be lifted after heavy rainfall to inspect for slope damage. The manufacturer, Contractor and Client shall discuss subgrade preparation,geotextile and cellular block placement at the pre-c onstruction m eeting t o e nsure that all parties are aware of the issues regarding installation. The manufacturer oft he cellular concrete blocks shall be present during the first week of block placement to assist the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish a certificate from the manufacturer or an authorized representative thereof stating that the blocks were installed correctly. F inal acceptance and ap proval of the installa tion wi 11 be made by the C ontracting Officer. 3.23 Qu ality Control: Equipment shall not be allowed on the insta lied concrete blocks until topsoil is placed over the revetment system to refrain from breaking or damaging any blocks. 3.3 REVETMENT CABLE: The cellular concrete blocks shall be installed in the field by the use of polyester revetment cables and fittings. Revetment cable may extend through one(1) or more tunnels in each block in a manner that provides for binding of the blocks in both diagonal directions. 3.31 C ables: Cables shal 1 be pro vided for every concret e bl ock at co ncrete st ructures and t ied t o reinforcement. Fastening shall be with a pproved sleeves,fittings or fa steners according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 FINISHIN G: 3.41 The voids of the cellular concrete blocks for the limits shown shall be filled with topsoil, seed and fertilizer in accordance with the SECTION entitled TURF. At no time shall more than 500 lineal feet of blocks be exposed unturfed. Prior to turf placement,the b locks surf ace shall b e inspected for damage. Individual blocks which are cracked and reduce the individual block weight to 1/3 shall be replaced prior to the placement of turf. 3.5 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL: The Contractor shall inspect for compliance with contract requirements and record the inspection of operations including but not limited to the following as applicable: (1) Preparation of surface to receive cellular concrete blocks or mattresses (2) Individual concrete blocks and filter fabric soundness and free of defects (3) Cables and fittings-breaking strength (4) Assembly of cellular concrete blocks bound by cables to form cellular concrete mattresses (5) Placement of blocks or mattresses and filter fabric on the prepared subgrade CITY OF PEARLAND APPENDICES APPENDIX B r".\, Turf Reinforcement Specifications and Details Note: Contractor to use the specified product or approved equal 07/2006 Specifications for r the Selection and Application of Erosion Control Blanket on Slopes or Channels Excel PP5-8-Provided by Western Excelsior PART I-GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. The Turf Reinforcement Mat (TRM) contains 100% synthetic, UV stable fibers in combination with UV stable synthetic netting and thread, stitch bonded to form a continuous material for the purpose of erosion control and establishment of vegetation. Further, the TRM is intended to provide a permanent footprint suitable to provide coverage and reinforcement for established vegetation and form an integrated system. The properties and performance of the specified material shall be required as presented herein. B. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing the Erosion Control Blanket; including fine grading, soil amendment as necessary, seeding, application of ECB, securing ECB by stapling, and miscellaneous related work, in accordance with these standard specifications and at the locations identified on drawings or designated by the owner's representative. This work shall include all necessary materials, labor, supervision, and equipment for installation of a stable system in the unvegetated state and provide a stable stand of vegetation. C.All work of this section shall be performed in accordance with the conditions and requirements of the contract documents, good engineering practice and agronomic principles. Further, local, (111111.6\' state and federal applicable statues shall be observed. D. The erosion control blanket shall be used to prevent surface erosion and enhance vegetation establishment.Upon completion of site-specific engineering analysis,the blanket shall be suitable for the following applications as necessary for site protection as designed: 1. Minimization of hillslope erosion when exposed to rainfall 2. Flexible channel liner for the minimization of erosion in channelized conditions 3. Protecting embankments and spillways 4. Protecting culvert inlets and outfalls 5. Bioengineering of dikes, levees,and streambanks 1.02 Performance Requirements A. Erosion control blanket shall provide a temporary, biodegradable and/or photodegradable cover material to reduce slope and/or channel erosion and promote accelerated vegetation establishment. B. Specific performance of an ECB varies by the conditions at the project site. Minimum performance requirements of the ECB shall be as follows: Performance Threshold of Parameter Conditions Performance C Factor 2:1 Slope,Moderately Erodible Soil,Unvegetated (Hills ainfall Condition,Exposed to Moderate Rainfall* 0.15 Application) Shear Stress • (Flexible Channel Unvegetated Condition,Moderately Erodible Soil** 1.5 psf(72 PA) Liner Application) Velocity (Flexible Channel Unvegetated Condition,Moderately Erodible Soil** 6.0 ft/s (1.8 m/s) Liner Application) Shear Stress (Flexible Channel Vegetated Condition,Moderately Erodible Soil** 6.0 psf(287 PA) Liner Application) Velocity (Flexible Channel Vegetated Condition,Moderately Erodible Soil** 8.0 ft/s(2.4 m/s) Liner Application) Functional Under Nominal Conditions,Actual Field Longevity > 36 Months Longevity Dependant on Soil and Climatic Conditions on Site *Test conditions correspond to a soil with representative(minimum)K Factor(RUSLE) of 0.14 and rainfall with representative (1111111116 (minimum)R Factor of 150 achieved by a series of rainfall events totaling a minimum of 5.25";a test slope with representative (minimum)LS Factor of 3.0,executed on a gradient of 2:1 (H:V). Testing shall follow procedures outlined in ASTM D6459 in an unvegetated condition with the exceptions of slope steepness and rainfall intensities as noted herein. **Conditions correspond to soil classified as sandy silt with a plasticity index between 3 and 7 or similar soil with critical shear stress greater than or equal to 0.07 psf(3.5 PA). Testing shall follow procedures outlined in ASTM D6460 in an unvegetated condition. 1.03 Submittals A. Submittals shall include: 1. Comprehensive engineering analysis utilizing Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) or Hydraulic Engineering Circular 15 (HEC 15) demonstrating stability equivalent to identical design by Excel Erosion Design (www.westernexcelsior.com), as appropriate. 2. Product documentation sufficient to quantify the verifiable, physical properties and performance of the material 3. Product netting information 4. Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS) 5. Staple pattern specifications 6. Installation specifications 7. Computer Aided Drawing(CAD)layouts depicting material installation 8. Verification of listing by American Association of State and Highway Transportation Officials' (AASHTO) National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) (NTPEP.org) and listing by Erosion Control Technology Council(ECTC)within product selection tool(ectc.org). 1.04 Delivery,Storage,and Handling A. The ECBs shall be furnished in rolls and wrapped sufficiently to protect against moisture intrusion and extended ultraviolet exposure prior to placement.Each roll shall be labeled allowing for the identification of the material and its dimensions, and providing sufficient tracking of production for quality control purposes. B. The ECBs shall be of consistent thickness with matrix fibers distributed evenly over the entirety of the blanket, in conformance with the product specifications. C. The ECBs shall be free of defects and voids that would interfere with proper installation or impair performance,in conformance with the product specifications. D. The ECBs shall be stored by Contractor in a manner that protects each roll from damage by construction activities, sheltered from weather and maintains the clean and dry condition of the material. PART II-PRODUCTS • 2.01 Erosion Control Blanket • A. The ECB shall be Excel PP5-8 as manufactured by Western Excelsior,901 Grand Ave, Mancos CO 81328 (1-866-540-9810, www.westernexcelsior.com) or approved equal. B. Excel PP5-8 Turf Reinforcement Mat is composed of 100% synthetic components. A matrix of green synthetic fibers is mechanically (stitch) bound between two UV stabilized, heavy duty synthetic nets. Stitching is secured on two inch centers using UV stabilized,heavy duty synthetic thread. Excel PP5-8 is a permanent RECP that provides immediate erosion protection and long (i11116.\ term turf reinforcement and is intended for slope or channel applications requiring erosion protection for greater than thirty-six months. C. The ECB shall be identified by the following properties: Property Test Method Value Unit (MDTensile Strength ASTM D6818 20.8 7(TD�' lb/in Elongation ASTM D6818 20�(MD�' Mass per Unit Area ASTM D6566 8.0 oz/yd2 Thickness ASTM D1777 8.6 mm Light Penetration ECTC TASC 35 %open 00197 Resiliency ASTM D6524 89 UV Stability ASTM 4355 100 • Porosity Computed 97 (g1116.\ D. The ECB may be furnished any of the following dimensions: Roll Width 7.5 ft 15.0 ft Roll Length 120 ft 120 ft Coverage 100 yd2 200 yd2 Roll Weight 50 lbs 100 lbs **Note:Roll weight measured at the time of manufacture. 2.02 Staples A. Staples shall be a minimum 6" long by 1" wide, 11 gauge wire staple for cohesive soils. For non-cohesive soils, staples utilized shall 8"long by 1"wide, 11 gauge wire staple. PART III-EXECUTION 3.01 Blanket Supplier Representation A. Contractor shall coordinate with the blanket supplier for a qualified representative to be present at the job site at the start of installation to provide technical assistance as needed. Contractor shall remain solely responsible for the quality of installation. 3.02 Site Preparation A. Before placing ECB, Contractor shall certify that the ground surface has been properly compacted, graded smooth, is free of depressions, voids, soft or uncompacted areas, obstructions (such as tree roots, protruding stones or other foreign matter), and is seeded and fertilized in accordance with project specifications. Contractor shall proceed only when site is prepared as described herein. Initiation of construction signifies that Contractor has verified and accepted preceding work as in conformance with this specification. B. Contractor shall fine grade the ground surface by hand or small machine, addressing where necessary to remove local depressions,voids,rills or accumulations. C.No vehicular traffic shall be permitted directly on the erosion control blanket. NOTE:Application of topsoil,seeding,and fertilizing are not included in this specification. 3.03 Slope Installation A. The ECB shall be installed as directed by the owner's representative in accordance with the manufacturer's installation guidelines (document WE_EXCEL_PP58_INL available at www.westernexcelsior.com or by manufacturer representative). staple pattern specifications and CAD drawings as provided by Western Excelsior. The extent of erosion control blanket shall be as shown on the project drawings. B. The ECB shall be applied parallel to the main direction of flow (downslope) and anchored with staples (2.02) with the specified stapling pattern (3.03A). Seams shall be overlapped as directed by the installation instructions provided by Western Excelsior (WE_EXCEL_PP58_INL available at www.westernexcelsior.com or by manufacturer representative). (1111111 . C. Where exposed to overland sheet flow, a trench shall be located at the upstream termination. Anchor trenches shall be constructed to the extent and to the dimensions as specified by Western Excelsior (WE_EXCEL_PP58_INL available at www.westernexcelsior.com or by manufacturer representative). D. ECBs installed as slope protection overlapping channel liners shall be installed such that flow does not undermine ECB. 3.04 Channel Installation A. The ECB shall be installed as directed by the owner's representative in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines (WE_EXCEL_PP58_INL available at www.westernexcelsior.com or by manufacturer representative), staple pattern specifications and CAD drawings as provided by Western Excelsior. The extent of erosion control blanket shall be as shown on the project drawings. B. Erosion control blanket shall be installed parallel to the flow of water. The first roll shall be centered longitudinally in mid-channel (lateral) and anchored with staples (2.02). Subsequent rolls shall follow from channel center outward and be overlapped as shown in manufacturer's installation specifications (WE_EXCEL_PP58_INL available at www.westernexcelsior.com or by manufacturer representative). C. Successive lengths of erosion control blanket shall be overlapped sufficiently for a common row of staples with the upstream end on top (shingled). Staple the overlap across the end of each of the overlapping lengths so that staples anchor through the nettings and bodies of both blankets. Overlapping of blankets shall be conducted as per manufacturer's installation instructions (WE_EXCEL_PP58_INL available at www.westernexcelsior.com or by manufacturer representative). D. An anchor trench shall be constructed at the upstream termination and along the longitudinal edges to prohibit overland flow from proceeding unabated under the blanket. Erosion control blanket shall be stapled to the bottom of the trench. The trench shall be backfilled,compacted and wrapped with the remaining tail of the ECB as per manufacturer's specifications (WE_EXCEL_PP58_INL available at www.westernexcelsior.com or by manufacturer representative). 3.05 Quality Assurance A. Erosion control blankets shall not be defective or damaged sufficiently to compromise the specified performance. Damaged or defective materials shall be replaced at no additional cost to the owner. B. Product shall be manufactured in accordance with a documented Manufacturing Quality Control Plan (MQCP). At a minimum, the following documentation shall be provided upon request: 1. Inspection report of material produced in manufacturing lot. 2. Recorded weight of each blanket as manufactured. 3. Verification of material conformance with MQCP. 3.06 Clean-up A.Upon completion of this scope of work, Contractor shall remove from the job site and properly dispose of all remaining debris, waste materials, excess materials, equipment and packaging required of or created by Contractor in the process of construction. Disposal of waste materials \ shall be solely the responsibility of Contractor and shall be completed in accordance with applicable waste disposal regulations. 3.07 Method of Measurement A. The erosion control blanket shall be measured by the surface area covered in square yards.No measurement for payment shall be computed for overlaps, fine grading, trenching, staples, or other miscellaneous materials necessary for placement of the erosion control blanket. 3.08 Basis of Payment A.The accepted quantities of erosion control blanket shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard, complete in place. Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Erosion Control Blanket Square Yards